Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(with verbs of motion)

Толкование Перевод

1 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
2 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί
3 contra

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra
4 contra dicta

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra dicta
5 ὑπό

ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά

A Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
, ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149, ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ) λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds., ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56; ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
; ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b; ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,
23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag., ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
; περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt., τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
; αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.

2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375; ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
; τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion, ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
; βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
; ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
; κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
; ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
; νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
; τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
; δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.

b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.

II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense, μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428
; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242; τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308
, cf. Th.7, al.; πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
; ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042
(anap.); ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
; ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
; ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
; ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32; ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
; ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a; ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
; ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
; ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
; Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.

2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149, χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.; πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99; οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.

3 freq. of things as well as persons, ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
; κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.); χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
; ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.); κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc., ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587; μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
; χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
; ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33; οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
; ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
; ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083
; ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1; ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).

4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances, νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277; ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.

5 of accompanying music, to give the time, κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278; ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9; πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.); καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.); ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970
; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.

6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).

7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.

8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.

B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under, ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186; Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.; ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860; πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
; ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
; ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.); ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
; χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
; ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244; εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.); ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8; τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7; οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16; ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
; ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
; τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12; ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.

2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693; ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782; ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37; δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.

3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.; ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
; ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.; ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
; ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164
(lyr.); ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
; ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.

4 behind, ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of, ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
; ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.

II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs, ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
; ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
; βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
; ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
; ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742; ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete); ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.

2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power, δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156; ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26; τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
; ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense, ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64; ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
; κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
; ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
; τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.

3 of the subordination of things coming under a class, αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
; τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
; ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.

4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19; ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances, ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.; λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
; αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
; ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
; ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.; ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat., στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.); λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279; ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333; νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12; πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
; ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
; ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146; ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
; παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
; ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
; ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.; ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus); πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.

2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion, Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.; ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9; τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.); ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267; ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
; τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
; τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17; οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.); τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
; ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
; Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
; ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
; τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.); οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.); ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.); κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.; ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
; μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.); καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34; εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v. πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9; ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
; ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
; εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf. αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position. κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.

b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5; εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6
,al.

3 of the logical subordination of things under a class, τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.

II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt., ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
; ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.; ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
; ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
; τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74; ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v. ἥλιος 11.1
); ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.); τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.); στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes); μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.; τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).

III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English, ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
; ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2; τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202; ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142; ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).

2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165; ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38; ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
; ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
; ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7; ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10; ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς) ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.); ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109; ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.

IV of accompaniment, ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
; ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v. κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.

2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6
, al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.

D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.

E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.

2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.

II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe, φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.

F IN COMPOSITION:

I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.

2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.

3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.

II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi, ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d
, cf. Grg. 493c; ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290
(lyr.)).

III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό
6 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
7 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
8 πρός

πρός, Prep., expressing direction,

A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:

I of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
; τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).

2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430; εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
; ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
; ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110; οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84; π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
; π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc., π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
; τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.

3 before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
; οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,

b in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.); ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.

4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
; π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760; π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
; π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
; μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
; μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15; π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
; ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
; μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.

5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99; Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d; ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
; οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305; ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.

II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:

1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc., ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.; τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
; δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7
; φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
; τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527; λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
; κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.; μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357; ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79; ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
; οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73; π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949; τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
; αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
; ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst., τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
; ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
; ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
; ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
; πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
; π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.); ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.

2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.

III of dependence or close connexion: hence,

1 dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.

2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.; π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.

IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636; οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.; π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.; οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc., π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211; οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;
εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly, Id.R. 470c
; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12; τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13; π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.

B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423; ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί) ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24; δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
; νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
; π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
; π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
; π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855; π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
; π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ') αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
; τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
; αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.; τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.

2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22; ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
; π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.

3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80; με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298
, cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420; ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.

4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418; προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
; προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;
π. τινί
close to, Men. Epit. 204
.

II to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d; ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
; ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
); ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
; π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.); ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22; ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).

III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;
π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to, A.Pr. 323
, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3; ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90; δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
; τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e; π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg., π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.

C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:

I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.; ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
; βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
; κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.

2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66; ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
; ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
; ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
; ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
; πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
; π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
; τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later, ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
; ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;
ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside, Supp.Epigr.6.106
([place name] Cotiaeum).

b of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46
(Argos, v B. C.); ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.

3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.; ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26; ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
; στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40; π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; also ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4; π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27; πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
; πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.

4 in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
; ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98; βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
; γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
; χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
; π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
; ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
; ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
; ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
; ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.; μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.

5 without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359; ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
; μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.; ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.; ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron., διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60; π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931; ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.

b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.

6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235; ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6; ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
; γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61; π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
; π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
; π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; also σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6; παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.; ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
; ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
; εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219; κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
; π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.); ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.

b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39; ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
; ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
; τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.; τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10; τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.

7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc., τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
; ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11
([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6; τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.

II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
; ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
; πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
; ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
; π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
; π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312
; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.

III of Relation between two objects,

1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441; μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;
οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of.., Arist.APr. 24a25
, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.); π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44; λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.; π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia); ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus); π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs., ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.

2 in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;
π. τὴν φήμην
in view of.., Id.3.153
, cf. Th.8.39; χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
; ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,
π. τί;
wherefore? to what end? S.OT 766
, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;
π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so, Hdt.5.9
,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.

3 in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b; ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182; ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
; ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
; ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6; ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.

b with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.); θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.

c = πρός B. 11, ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
; ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.

4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
; ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
; π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44; πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10; τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
; ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; also ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
; ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος) ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4; πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph., π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.); τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.); θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.); τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.); ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.); οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2; λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2; π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
; π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan; μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic); π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3); π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.
κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
; π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56; π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.); π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4; προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.

5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.; π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
; ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.; εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226; ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
; π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;
π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to.., E.Hipp. 701
; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2; ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.

6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.; π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.

7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.); π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
; τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657); π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.); π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.); οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19; π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
; π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773; οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
; ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133; πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152; π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);
π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of, E.Med. 538
; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.); π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119; π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.; π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32; π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3; π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.

8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.

D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207; π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
; καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.; καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e; καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
; καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
; ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610; ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.

E IN COMPOS.,

I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.

II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.

III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.

F REMARKS,

1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.

2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.

3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron., πρός με S.Aj. 292
, Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός
9 in

1.
in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
I.
With abl.
A.
In space.
1.
Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):
aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,
Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:
alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,
id. Brut. 43, 161:
qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,
id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:
facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,
id. ib.:
T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:
quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 26, 97:
in foro palam Syracusis,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:
plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 35:
tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,
Cic. Mil. 6, 15:
in via fornicata,
Liv. 22, 36:
vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,
Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:
in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,
Quint. 5, 10, 16:
nupta in domo,
Liv. 6, 34, 9:
copias in castris continent,
in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:
cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,
Quint. 11, 3, 130:
se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,
Liv. 5, 40, 10:
malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,
Cic. Att. 4, 10:
sedere in solio,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:
Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —
Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:
heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,
Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:
navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,
Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:
complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 18:
caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,
Quint. 12, 10, 24:
in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
2.
In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):
in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 3:
Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,
Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:
peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,
id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:
in perditis et desperatis,
id. ib. 13, 56, 1:
omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,
id. de Sen. 19, 71:
dolor in maximis malis ducitur,
id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:
justissimus unus in Teucris,
Verg. A. 2, 426:
cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,
Liv. 27, 12, 16:
in diis et feminae sunt,
Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
3.
Of analogous relations of place or position:
sedere in equo,
on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:
quid legati in equis,
id. Pis. 25, 60:
sedere in leone,
Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:
in eo flumine pons erat,
on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
in herboso Apidano,
on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:
in digitis,
on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:
castra in limite locat,
on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:
ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,
on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:
oleae in arbore,
Cels. 2, 24:
Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,
among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:
in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,
Liv. 25, 16, 7:
in juvenibus,
Quint. 11, 1, 32:
nutus in mutis pro sermone est,
id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:
in veste candida,
Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:
in calceis,
id. 24, 38, 2:
in insignibus,
id. 5, 41, 2:
in tunicis albis,
Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:
in Persico et vulgari habitu,
Curt. 3, 3, 4:
in lugubri veste,
id. 10, 5, 17:
in Tyriis,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297:
in Cois,
id. ib. v. 298; cf.:
homines in catenis Romam mittere,
Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:
duas legiones in armis,
Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:
in armis hostis,
under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:
quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,
in oculis provinciae,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:
in oculis omnium,
id. ib. 1, 3, 7:
divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:
Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,
Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):
in populorum institutis aut legibus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:
in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,
id. Fat. 1, 1:
in Timaeo dicit,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:
epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:
perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:
in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,
Cic. Or. 71, 234:
in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:
libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,
Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:
philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:
quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,
id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:
rem habere in manibus,
id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:
neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,
in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:
postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,
Liv. 32, 24, 2:
quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,
Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:
inter manus),
Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,
quorum epistulas in manu teneo,
Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:
in manu poculum tenens,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:
coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,
Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:
in animo esse,
Cic. Fam. 14, 11:
in animo habere,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:
lex est ratio insita in natura,
id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:
in memoria sedere,
id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:
tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,
Luc. 1, 247:
quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!
Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:
erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,
Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:
in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,
id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:
si quid artis in medicis est,
Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:
nibil esse in morte timendum,
Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:
in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,
Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,
quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,
Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:
non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,
Liv. 30, 19, 3:
cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,
id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
B.
In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:
feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,
in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:
in tempore hoc,
Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:
in hoc tempore,
Tac. A. 13, 47:
in tali tempore,
Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:
in diebus paucis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:
in brevi spatio,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:
in qua aetate,
Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:
in ea aetate,
Liv. 1, 57:
in omni aetate,
Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:
in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,
Suet. Caes. 7:
qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,
in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):
nihil in vita se simile fecisse,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:
in tota vita inconstans,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
b.
In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:
ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,
Liv. 33, 5:
spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,
id. 2, 47:
rebellaturi,
Tac. A. 12, 50:
atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
c.
In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:
sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:
vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,
id. ib. 5, 35, 100:
id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,
Liv. 21, 37:
haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,
for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
d.
With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:
fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,
Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:
vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,
id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:
quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,
id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21:
in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,
in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:
in excidenda Numantia,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:
cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,
id. Or. 21, 74.—
C.
In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:
qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,
Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:
se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,
id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:
Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,
id. Clu. 8, 25.—
So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 31:
torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?
Liv. 23, 9, 7:
hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:
in metu,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in voluptate,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:
alicui in amore esse,
beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:
alicui in amoribus esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
res in invidia erat,
Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:
num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?
in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:
mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—
So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:
similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,
Curt. 5, 5, 23:
in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,
Quint. 9, 4, 8:
agi in judiciis,
id. 11, 1, 78:
tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,
Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:
in actione... dicere,
Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:
in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,
Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:
in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,
Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):
in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,
Cic. Brut, 43, 160:
qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,
is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:
etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:
non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,
id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:
an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,
id. Or. 61, 205:
Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,
on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:
et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,
id. ib. 3, 5, 5;
but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,
in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:
horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,
in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:
quod mihi in parte verum videtur,
Quint. 2, 8, 6:
patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,
id. 5, 7, 22:
hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,
in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
in furibus aerarii,
Sall. C. 52, 12:
Achilles talis in hoste fuit,
Verg. A. 2, 540:
in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,
in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:
suspectus et in morte matris fuit,
Suet. Vit. 14:
qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,
Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:
non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,
Quint. 9, 3, 36:
aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,
id. 9, 3, 69:
Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,
Gell. 1, 22, 15:
stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,
Charis. 1, 18, 39:
semper in significatione ea hortus,
Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
2.
In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:
cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,
Liv. 3, 8, 9:
adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,
id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:
in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,
id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:
dum in dubiost animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:
in integro esse,
Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:
in incerto esse,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
in obvio esse,
id. 37, 23, 1:
in tuto esse,
id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:
videre te in tuto,
Cat. 30, 6:
in aequo esse,
Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:
in expedito esse,
Curt. 4, 2, 22:
in proximo esse,
Quint. 1, 3, 4:
in aperto esse,
Sall. C. 5, 3:
in promisco esse,
Liv. 7, 17, 7:
in augusto esse,
Cels. 5, 27, 2:
in incerto haberi,
Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:
in levi habitum,
id. H. 2, 21; cf.:
in incerto relinquere,
Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
II.
With acc.
A.
In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 19:
in Ephesum advenit,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:
in Epirum venire,
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:
ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;
non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:
se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
remigrare in domum veterem e nova,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:
cum in sua rura venerunt,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:
a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,
id. Fam. 15, 9:
in Ubios legatos mittere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,
Sall. J. 75, 1:
Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,
Liv. 3, 58, 1:
abire in exercitum,
Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:
cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,
Tac. A. 4, 56:
nuntiatur in castra,
Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:
allatis in castra nuntiis,
Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:
iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:
Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,
Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):
in crimen populo ponere,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:
ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 19:
duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,
Liv. 29, 19, 7:
prius me collocavi in arborem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:
sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:
in caelum ascendere,
Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:
filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,
id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:
tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,
up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:
Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,
Ov. M. 1, 113:
in flumen deicere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
2.
Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:
quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:
si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,
Cels. 2, 3:
Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,
Tac. Agr. 10:
in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,
Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:
castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,
towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:
in Galliam versus movere,
Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:
si in urbem versus venturi erant,
Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
3.
So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):
in memoriam reducere,
Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:
in animum inducere,
Liv. 27, 9:
in mentem venire,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3:
frequens imitatio transit in mores,
Quint. 1, 11, 3. —
Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
B.
In time, into, till, for:
dormiet in lucem,
into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:
statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,
Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:
in multam noctem luxit,
Suet. Tib. 74:
si febris in noctem augetur,
Cels. 7, 27:
dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,
Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:
indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,
for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:
nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,
forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:
ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,
for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,
id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:
subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,
for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:
postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,
Liv. 27, 2:
qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,
Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:
seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,
Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:
neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,
Quint. 12, 11, 20:
in illum usque diem servati,
id. 8, 3, 68:
in serum usque patente cubiculo,
Suet. Oth. 11:
regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,
Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:
sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:
res dilata est in posterum,
id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:
video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,
Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:
ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,
id. 30, 17, 1:
effugis in futurum,
Tac. H. 1, 71:
quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:
oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,
id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:
quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,
Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):
sensit miles in tempus conficta,
Tac. A. 1, 37:
ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,
id. ib. 6, 11:
scaena in tempus structa,
id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:
nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,
Liv. 22, 40, 8:
rapto in diem frumento,
id. 4, 10, 1;
but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,
i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:
vitium in dies crescit,
Vell. 2, 5, 2:
in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,
Cic. Att. 5, 7:
qui senescat in dies,
Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:
nos in diem vivimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
in diem et horam,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;
and in horas,
hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
C.
In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:
id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,
about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:
Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:
cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:
quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,
towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:
in liberos nostros indulgentia,
id. ib. 2, 40, 168:
de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,
id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:
in dominum quaeri,
to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:
in eos impetum facere,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:
invehi in Thebanos,
Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:
quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,
id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:
num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?
Liv. 7, 6, 11:
vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,
to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:
si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:
in puppim rediere rates,
Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:
sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,
to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:
se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,
Liv. 21, 42, 2:
quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,
Tac. A. 11, 6:
haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:
Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,
Liv. 28, 28; so,
datae in praesidium cohortes,
Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:
haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,
id. Att. 2, 22:
qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,
id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:
in utramque partem disputat,
on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:
facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46:
cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,
in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:
miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,
id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:
senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,
Liv. 5, 15, 4;
also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,
Sall. C. 12, 3:
perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:
judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,
id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:
senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,
Liv. 30, 43, 9:
pax data Philippo in has leges est,
id. 33, 30:
Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:
quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,
Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,
id. Font. 5, 9:
extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,
a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:
Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,
id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:
Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),
Tac. A. 2, 67.—
2.
Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:
non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:
neglegentior in patrem,
Just. 32, 3, 1:
in quem omnes intenderat curas,
Curt. 3, 1, 21:
quos ardere in proelia vidi,
Verg. A. 2, 347:
in bellum ardentes,
Manil. 4, 220:
nutante in fugam exercitu,
Flor. 3, 10, 4:
in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),
Liv. 21, 43, 7:
certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,
id. 21, 45, 4:
in id sors dejecta,
id. 21, 42, 2:
in id fide accepta,
id. 28, 17, 9:
in spem pacis solutis animis,
id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:
ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,
Hor. Epod. 17, 63:
nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 16, 3:
alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?
Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:
in obsequium plus aequo pronus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:
paratus in res novas,
Tac. H. 4, 32:
in utrumque paratus,
Verg. A. 2, 61.—
3.
Of the result of an act or effort:
denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,
Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:
portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,
id. ib. 3, 533:
populum in obsequia principum formavit,
Just. 3, 2, 9:
omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,
Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:
commutari ex veris in falsa,
Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:
in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,
Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
4.
Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;
Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,
Liv. 39, 26, 12:
pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,
id. 28, 21, 4:
quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,
id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:
oratio habita in sexus honorem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6:
convivium in honorem victoriae,
id. 11, 2, 12:
in honorem Quadratillae,
Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:
in honorem tuum,
Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
5.
In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;
opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:
si in rem est Bacchidis,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:
hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,
Liv. 26, 44, 7:
cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,
id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:
in rem fore credens universos adpellare,
Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:
in duas res magnas id usui fore,
Liv. 37, 15, 7:
in hos usus,
Verg. A. 4, 647.—
6.
To form adverbial expressions:
non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,
in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:
terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,
Tac. G. 5:
in universum aestimanti, etc.,
id. ib. 6:
aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),
wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:
in plenum dici potest, etc.,
fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:
Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,
beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:
aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,
for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:
in deterius,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in mollius,
id. ib. 14, 39:
quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),
Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:
aucto in barbarum cognomento,
id. H. 5, 2:
priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,
while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:
nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,
so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:
quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:
viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,
Vell. 2, 43, 4:
quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,
Ov. M. 11, 71:
meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,
in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:
ut simul in omnia paremur,
Quint. 11, 3, 25:
in antecessum dare,
beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
7.
Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:
quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:
ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,
Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:
eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:
neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,
Quint. 6, 2, 29:
numero mihi in mentem fuit,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:
ecquid in mentem est tibi?
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:
nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 16:
quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,
Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:
M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,
put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:
reliquos in custodiam habitos,
Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:
pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
III.
In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
2.
in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in
10 εἰς

εἰς or [full] ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in Hom., [dialect] Ion. poets, and early metrical Inscrr.; ἐς is best attested in Hdt. and Hp., and is found in nearly all early [dialect] Ion. Inscrr. (exc. IG12(8).262.16 (Thasos, v B. C.), ib.7.235.1 (Oropus, iv B. C.)); εἰς in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. from iv B. C., IG2.115, etc.; and usu. in [dialect] Att. Prose (exc. Th.) and Com. (exc. in parody): Trag. apptly. prefer εἰς, but ἐς is used before vowels metri gr.; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω) , ἐς μακαρίαν. [dialect] Aeol. poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in Hom. by An.Ox. 1.172, cf. Hellad. ap. Phot.Bibl.p.533B. (Orig. ἐνς, as in IG4.554.7 ([place name] Argos), GDI4986.11 ([place name] Crete); cf. ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in [dialect] Aeol. εἰς, but spurious in [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion.) Radical sense

A into, and then more loosely, to:

I OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, Il.1.141, al.; εἰς ἅλαδε Od.10.351
; ἔς ῥ' ἀσαμίνθους 4.48
; ἐς οἶνον βάλε φάρμακον ib. 220; freq. of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν 3.174
; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc., Hdt.1.5, etc.; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus, ib.14; εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον εἰσέπλει X.HG1.1.2
; ἀφίκετο εἰς Μήδους πρὸς Κυαξάρην Id.Cyr.2.1.2
; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into.., Il.8.115; εἰς ἐλάτην ἀναβῆναι 14.287
; opp. ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, 22.397, 23.169; ἐκ πάτου ἐς σκοπιήν 20.137
; ἐς μυχὸν ἐξ οὐδοῦ Od.7.87
; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, Theoc. 18.15: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν Il.3.364
; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, 9.373, etc.; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (sc. ἰδόντι), 3.158, etc.; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes, 24.204; ἐς ὄψιν ἀπικνέεσθαί τινος Hdt.1.136
; καλέσαι τινὰ ἐς ὄψιν Id.5.106
, etc.; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, E.Hipp. 273: less freq. after a Subst., ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην Od.22.128
; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, Th.1.56; ξύνοδος ἐς τὴν Δῆλον Id.3.104
, cf.Pl.Tht. 173d.

b [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion., also c. acc. pers. ([dialect] Att. ὡς, πρός, παρά), Il.7.312, 15.402, Od.14.127, Hdt.4.147; also in [dialect] Att. with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες Th. 5.45
, or plurals, εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον D.18.103
; esp. of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν Pi.O.7.31
; εἰς Ἄμμων' ἐλθόντες Ar.Av. 619
.

2 with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), Od.20.96; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, 4.51, cf. 1.130; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, Il.15.276; ἀπόστολος ἐς τὴν Μίλητον ἦν Hdt.1.21
(s. v.l.); αὐτὸς ἐς Αακεδαίμονα ἀπόστολος ἐγίνετο Id.5.38
; ἐς κώμην παραγίνονται Id.1.185
; παρῆν ἐς Σάρδις Id.6.1
; ἐς δόμους μένειν S.Aj.80
(cod. Laur.); ἐς τὴν νῆσον κατέκλῃσε Th.1.109
, cf. Hdt.3.13; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς .. Th.2.33, etc.; later used like ἐν, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε LXX Nu.35.34; τὸ χρυσίον ὃ εἰλήφεσαν εἰς Ῥώμην D.S.14.117
; οἰκεῖν εἰς τὰ Ὕπατα Luc.Asin.1
; εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀποθανεῖν Ael.VH7.8
; εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν γῆν Suid.
s.v. Καλλίμαχος: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται Ael.VH9.16
.

3 with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, Hdt.8.26, S.OT93; λέγειν εἰς τὸ μέσον τῶν ταξιάρχων X.Cyr. 3.3.7
; αἱ ἐς τὸ φανερὸν λεγόμεναι αἰτίαι Th.1.23
: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων Pl.Prt. 312a
; καλὸν ἐς τοὺς Ἕλληνας τὸ ἀγώνισμα φανεῖσθαι Th.7.56
; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς Id.6.54; στρατιὰν ἐπαγγέλλων ἐς τοὺς ξυμμάχους Id.7.17
; διαβεβλῆσθαι εἴς τινα Pl.R. 539c
.

4 elliptical usages,

a after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, X.An.1.2.24; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, Id.HG1.1.23, cf. Pl.R. 468a; ἀνίστασθαι ἐς Ἄργος E.Heracl.59
, cf. Pl.Phd. 116a.

b participles signifying motion are freq. omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (sc. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) And.1.11, etc.

c c. gen., mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, [dialect] Att. εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], Il.21.48; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, 6.379; ἐς Πριάμοιο [οἶκον] 24.160, cf. 309; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] Od.4.581; ἐς τοῦ Κλεομένεος Hdt.5.51
; εἰς Ἀσκληπιοῦ Ar.Pl. 411
; ἐπὶ δεῖπνον [ἰέναι] εἰς Ἀγάθωνος Pl.Smp. 174a
: with Appellatives, ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῦ to a rich man's house, Il.24.482; ἐς πατρός Od.2.195
; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, X.Lac.2.1; εἰς δ. φοιτᾶν Pl.Prt. 326c
; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, Hdt.1.108, 9.108, etc.

II OF TIME,

1 to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ Od.11.375
; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, 9.161 (but also, towards or near sunset, 3.138); ἐκ νεότητος ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86
; ἐκ παιδὸς ἐς γῆρας Aeschin.1.180
; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, Hdt.1.92, al.: with Advbs., εἰς ὅτε (cf. ἔς τε) against the time when.., Od.2.99; εἰς πότε; until when ? how long ? S.Aj. 1185 (lyr., cf. εἰσόκἐ; εἰς ὁπότε Aeschin.3.99
; ἐς τί; = εἰς πότε; Il.5.465; ἐς ὅ until, Hdt.1.93, etc.; ἐς οὗ Id.1.67
, 3.31, etc.; ἐς τόδε Id.7.29
, etc.

2 to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, Il.19.32, Od.4.526; within the year, ib.86 (cf. ἐς ἐνίαυτον Alc.Supp.8.12
); εἰς ὥρας Od.9.135
; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, 14.384; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, X.Oec.7.36; μισθοδοτεῖν τινὰς εἰς ἓξ μῆνας D.S.19.15
; χοίνικα κριθῶν εἰς τέσσαρας ἡμέρας διεμέτρει Posidon. 36J.
; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, Ar.Pl. 998; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, Pl.Hp.Ma. 286b, X.Cyr.5.3.27; ἥκειν ἐς τὴν ὑστεραίαν Id.An.2.3.25
; ἥκειν εἰς τὸ ἔαρ Hell.Oxy.17.4
; ἐς τέλος at last, Hdt.3.40; ἐς καιρόν in season, Id.4.139; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, Id.8.21, E.Heracl. 270, etc.; ἐς τότε at this time, v.l. in Od.7.317 (but εἰς τότε at that time (in the [tense] fut.), D.14.24, Pl.Lg. 830b); ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, Od.12.126, Th.2.20: with Advbs., ἐς αὔριον Il.8.538
, Pl. Lg. 858b; ἔς περ ὀπίσσω Od.20.199
; ἐς αὖθις Th.4.63
(v. εἰσαῦθις (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ' Ar. Pax 367; εἰς ἔπειτα (v. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ., Th.2.64; ἐς ὀψέ Id.8.23
; εἰς ἅπαξ, v. εἰσάπαξ; εἰς ἔτι, v. εἰσέτι.

III to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, Il.23.523; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, Th.8.29; ἱματισμὸν ζητῆσαι εἰς δύο τάλαντα Thphr.Char.23.8
; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, Hdt.1.20, etc.; ἐς τοσοῦτο τύχης ἀπίκευ Id.1.124
; εἰς τοσοῦτο ἥκειν Lys.27.10
; εἰς τοῦτο θράσους καὶ ἀναιδείας ἀφίκετο D.21.194
; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, Th.5.66; ἐς τὸ ἔσχατον Hdt.7.229
, etc.; εἰς ἅλις Theoc.25.17
.

2 freq. with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν A.Pers. 339
; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of 400, etc., Th.1.74, 100, etc.; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, X.Cyr.2.3.21; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, Aen.Tact.40.6: with Advbs., ἐς τρίς or ἐστρίς thrice, Pi.O.2.68, Hdt.1.86; of round numbers, about, X.An.1.1.10.

3 distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, LXX 1 Ki.10.21, cf. 2 Ki.18.

4

IV to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς A.Pr. 945
, etc.; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, Isoc.8.96, Th.1.66; ὄνειδος ὀνειδίζειν εἴς τινα S.Ph. 522
; ἔχθρη ἔστινα Hdt.6.65
; φιλία ἐς ἀμφοτέρους Th.2.9
; λέγειν ἐς .. Hdt.1.86; γνώμη ἀποδεχθεῖσα ἐς τὴν γέφυραν Id.4.98
; ἡ ἐς γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν ἀρχή Th.8.46
.

b of the subject of a work, esp. in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον Philostr. VA
; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc.

2 in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν A.Pers. 326
; σκώπτειν ἐς τὰ ῥάκια Ar. Pax 740
, cf. Eq.90; διαβάλλειν τινὰ ἔς τι Th.8.88
; αἰτία ἐπιφερομένη ἐς μαλακίαν Id.5.75
; μέμφεσθαι εἰς φιλίαν X.An.2.6.30
; εἰς τὰ πολεμικὰ καταφρονεῖσθαι Id.HG7.4.30
; πόλεως εὐδοκιμωτάτης εἰς σοφίαν Pl.Ap. 29d
; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα E.Or. 542
, cf. Pl.Ap. 35b, etc.; εἰς χρήματα ζημιοῦσθαι Id.Lg. 774b
, cf. D.22.55; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα S.Tr. 489
; ἐς τὰ πάνθ' ὁμῶς A.Pr. 736
; εἰς μὲν ταῦτα Pl.Ly. 210a
; τό γ' εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, S.OT 706, E. IT 691, cf. S.Ichn.346; ἐς ὀλίγους μᾶλλον τὰς ἀρχὰς ποιεῖν Th.8.53
; ἐς πλείονας οἰκεῖν Id.2.37
; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc., v. τελέω.

3 of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον Id.1.6
; τίθεμεν τἆλλα εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον; Pl.R. 353d
; ἐς ἓν μέλος Theoc.18.7
: freq. periphr. for Advbs., ἐς κοινὸν φράζειν, λέγειν, A.Pr. 844, Eu. 408; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, = πάντως, Id.Ag. 682(lyr.); ἐς τάχος, = ταχέως, Ar.Ach. 686; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, = εὐτελῶς, Id.Av. 805; ἐς τἀρχαῖον Id.Nu. 593
; εἰς καλόν S. OT78
, cf. Pl.Phd. 76e; ἐς δέον γεγονέναι Hdt.1.119
, cf. S.OT 1416, and v. δέον.

V ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς.., to end in.., Hdt.1.120,3.125,4.39, etc.; ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα ου,ρον ἀνθρώπῳ προτίθημι Id.1.32
; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, Ar.Ach. 320 (troch.); στρέφειν τι εἰς αἷμα Apoc.11.6
; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, Pl.Tht. 173b, Theoc.14.28; ἐκτρέφειν τὸ σπέρμα εἰς καρπόν X.Oec.17.10
: so with εἶναι or γίγνομαι to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη LXXGe.17.16
; ἐγενήθη εἰς γυναῖκα ib.20.12; πιστὸς (sc.ἦν) εἰς προφήτην ib.IKi.3.20; ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Ev.Luc.13.19
,al.

2 of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, Il.9.102,11.789; εἰς ἀγαθὰ μυθεῖσθαι 23.305
; ἐς πόλεμον θωρήξομαι 8.376
, cf. Hdt.7.29, etc.; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, Il.15.310; ἐς ὑποδήματα δεδόσθαι Hdt.2.98
; κόσμος ὁ εἰς ἑορτάς X.Oec.9.6
; ἐπιτηδεότατος, εὐπρεπής, ἔς τι Hdt.1.115
,2.116; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, X.Cyr.8.1.33, cf. Ages. 9.1; ἐς δαίτην ἐκάλεσσε Call.Aet.1.1.5
; εἰς κέρδος τι δρᾶν S.Ph.
III; πάσας φωνὰς ἱέντων εἰς ἀπόφυξιν Ar.V. 562
; εἰς γράμματα παιδὶ δεκετεῖ ἐνιαυτοὶ τρεῖς Pl.Lg. 809e
; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, D.36.54; freq. of expenditure on an object, IG22.102.11, 116.41, al.; ἐς τὸ δέον Ar.Nu. 859
, etc.; ἐς δᾷδα ib. 612.

B POSITION: εἰς is sts. parted from its acc. by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην Il.8.115
; εἰς δὲ μονάρχου δῆμος ἀϊδρίῃ δουλοσύνην ἔπεσεν Sol.9
: seldom (only in Poets) put after its case, Il.15.59, Od.3.137,15.541, S.OC 126(lyr.): after an Adv., αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ.. Od.7.318
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰς
11 ἀπό

ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.

① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away from

ⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.

ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.

ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.

ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.

ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.

ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.

② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.

ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.

ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).

α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.

β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.

γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.³-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.

ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).

α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).

β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.

③ to indicate origin or source, from

ⓐ lit., with verbs of motion

α. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.

β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.

ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.

ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.

ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.

ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).

④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).

⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcome

ⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).

ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).

ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).

ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer⁶-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).

ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, of

α. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.

β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.

⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.² 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀπό
12 de

1.
dē, adv.: of place, down, only in the phrase susque deque, q. v.
2.
dē, prep. [perh. for ded; cf. Oscan dat, old abl. of pronom. stem da; cf. also Lith. praep. da, as far as; and the suffixes, old case-forms, -dam, -dem, -dum, -do, with the locative -de; v. Ribbeck, Beitr. z. L. v. d. Lat. Part. p. 4 sq.] (with abl., denotes the going out, departure, removal, or separating of an object from any fixed point. Accordingly, it occupies a middle place between ab, away from, which denotes a mere external departure, and ex, out of, which signifies from the interior of a thing. Hence verbs compounded with de are constr. not only with de, but quite as freq. with ab and ex; and, on the other hand, those compounded with ab and ex often have the terminus a quo indicated by de), from, away from, down from, out of, etc.
A.
In space, lit. and trop. with verbs of motion: animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 216 Vahl.):
aliquo quom jam sucus de corpore cessit,
Lucr. 3, 224:
(quod Ariovistus) de altera parte agri Sequanos decedere juberet,
to depart, withdraw from, Caes. B. G. 1, 31, 10; cf.:
civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent,
id. ib. 1, 2:
decedere de provincia,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 49 ( = ex provincia, id. ib. 2, 2, 65, §
147): de vita decedere,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 11:
exire de vita,
id. Lael. 4, 15 (cf.:
excedere e vita,
id. ib. 3, 12):
de triclinio, de cubiculo exire,
id. de Or. 2, 65 fin.:
hamum de cubiculo ut e navicula jacere,
Plin. Ep. 9, 7, 4:
de castris procedere,
Sall. C. 61, 8 et saep.:
brassica de capite et de oculis omnia (mala) deducet,
Cato R. R. 157, 6:
de digito anulum detraho,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 38; cf.:
de matris complexu aliquem avellere atque abstrahere,
Cic. Font. 17:
nomen suum de tabula sustulit,
id. Sest. 33, 72:
ferrum de manibus extorsimus,
id. Cat. 2, 1, 2:
juris utilitas vel a peritis vel de libris depromi potest,
id. de Or. 1, 59, 252 et saep.:
... decido de lecto praeceps,
Plaut. Casin. 5, 2, 50:
de muro se deicere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 18, 3:
de sella exsilire,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 30 fin.:
nec ex equo vel de muro, etc., hostem destinare,
Tert. adv. Jud. 9, p. 192:
de caelo aliquid demittere,
Lucr. 2, 1155; cf. Cato R. R. 14, 3 et saep.—
b.
In gen., to indicate the person or place from which any thing is taken, etc., with verbs of taking away, depriving, demanding, requesting, inquiring, buying; as capere, sumere, emere, quaerere, discere, trahere, etc., and their compounds; cf.:
emere de aliquo,
Cato R. R. 1, 4:
aliquid mercari de aliquo,
Cic. Fl. 20 et saep.:
de aliquo quaerere, quid, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2:
saepe hoc audivi de patre,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 133; cf.:
de mausoleo exaudita vox est,
Suet. Ner. 46:
ut sibi liceret discere id de me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 31;
so with petere, of place (class.): de vicino terra petita solo,
Ov. F. 4, 822;
so of persons (late Lat.): peto de te,
Dig. 36, 1, 57, § 2; Apul. M. 6, p. 179, 40.
2.
To point out the place from which any thing is brought; and hence, trop., to indicate its origin, derivation, etc.: of, from: de circo astrologi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58; so,
caupo de via Latina,
Cic. Clu. 59, 163:
nescio qui de circo maximo,
id. Mil. 24, 65:
declamator aliqui de ludo aut rabula de foro,
id. Or. 15, 47:
homo de schola atque a magistro... eruditus,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 28:
nautae de navi Alexandrina,
Suet. Aug. 98:
aliquis de ponte,
i. e. a beggar, Juv. 14, 134:
Libyca de rupe leones,
Ov. F. 2, 209:
nostro de rure corona,
Tib. 1, 1, 15:
Vaticano fragiles de monte patellas,
Juv. 6, 344 al.:
de summo loco Summoque genere eques,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 30; cf. id. Aul. prol. 28; id. Poen. 3, 1, 13:
genetrix Priami de gente vetusta,
Verg. A. 9, 284; cf. id. ib. 10, 350; Stat. S. 5, 3, 126:
de Numitore sati,
Ov. F. 5, 41:
de libris,
Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 252:
de Philocteta, id,
ib. 3, 35, 141 (cf.:
e Philocteta versus,
Quint. 3, 1, 14).
3.
Transf., to indicate the quarter from which motion proceeds (cf. ab), from, and because motion is so often and naturally downwards, down from:
haec agebantur in conventu, palam, de sella ac de loco superiore,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40; cf. ib. 2, 2, 38:
quem ad se vocari et de tribunali citari jussit,
id. ib. 2, 5, 7:
qui nihil ex occulto, nihil de insidiis, agendum putant,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109; cf.
de tergo plagas dare,
from behind, Plaut. Asin. 2, 2, 10; Just. 20, 5, 5:
de paupere mensa dona,
Tib. 1, 1, 37 et saep.—In jurid. Latin: de plano discutere, interloqui, cognoscere, etc., i. e. on level ground, not on the tribunal (cf. chamothen, opp. pro bêmatos, Dig. 27, 1, 13, § 10), Dig. 1, 4, 1; 1, 16, 9; 14. 3, 11 et saep.; so, de plano, off-hand, without formal consideration, Lucr. 1, 411;
v. planus.—And with pendeo, etc. (the motion in the eye transferred to the object): deque viri collo dulce pependit onus,
Ov. F. 2, 760:
lucerna de camera pendebat,
Petr. 30, 3; cf.:
et nova de gravido palmite gemma tumet,
Ov. F. 1, 152:
de qua pariens arbore nixa dea est,
leaning downwards against the tree, id. H. 21, 100.
B.
In time.
1.
Immediately following a given moment of time, after, directly after (very rare):
de concursu,
Lucr. 1, 384 (cf. Munro, ad loc.):
velim scire hodiene statim de auctione aut quo die venias,
Cic. Att. 12, 3:
non bonus somnus est de prandio,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:
de eorum verbis prosilui, etc.,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 178.—Hence, diem de die, from day to day, day after day, Liv. 5, 48:
cum is diem de die differret, dum, etc.,
id. 25, 25; cf.:
diem de die proferendo,
Just. 2, 15, 6: de die in diem, from day to day, daily (eccl. Lat.), Vulg. Psa. 60, 8; 2 Pet. 2, 8; Cypr. Ep. 3, 11.
2.
De nocte, de vigilia, etc., to designate an act which begins or takes its origin from the night-time, Engl. during or in the course of the night, at night, by night, etc.: De. Rus cras cum filio Cum primo lucu ibo hinc. Mi. Imo de nocte censeo, to-night rather, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55: in comitium Milo de nocte venit, in the night (cf. shortly before, Milo media nocte in campum venit), Cic. Att. 4, 3, 4; cf. id. Mur. 33, 69:
vigilas tu de nocte,
id. ib. 9, 22; cf.:
de nocte evigilabat,
Suet. Vesp. 21:
ut jugulent homines, surgunt de nocte latrones,
at night, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 32;
and Hannibal surgere de nocte solitus, Frontin Strat. 4, 3, 7 et saep.: ut de nocte multa impigreque exsurrexi,
late in the night, Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 10; so,
multa de nocte,
Cic. Sest. 35, 75; id. Att. 7, 4 fin. (for which multa nocte, id. Q. Fr. 2, 9); cf.
also: si de multa nocte (al. de nocte) vigilassent,
id. Att. 2, 15, 2:
Caesar mittit complures equitum turmas eo de media nocte,
Caes. B. G. 7, 45; 7, 88; so,
media de nocte,
at midnight, Suet. Calig. 26; Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 91:
Caesar de tertia vigilia e castris profectus,
in the third night-watch, Caes. B. G. 1, 12:
de tertia vigilia,
id. ib. 1, 21; Liv. 9, 44 Drak.; 40, 4 al.; cf.:
de quarta vigilia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21, 3 al.; v. vigilia. —As in this manner de nocte became adverbially = nocte, so de die was sometimes used for die or per diem:
de die potare,
by day, in the daytime, Plaut. Asin. 4, 2, 16:
epulari de die,
Liv. 23, 8; Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 8; Catull. 47, 6; Suet. Calig. 37; id. Domit. 21; cf.:
bibulus media de luce Falerni,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 34;
and in a lusus verbb. with in diem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 34 fin. —Less freq., de mense:
navigare de mense Decembri,
in December, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1 fin. —And once de tempore for tempore: ipse de tempore coenavit, Auct. B. Hisp. 33, 5.
C.
In other relations, implying separation, departure from, etc.
1.
To designate the whole, from which a part is taken, or of which a part is separately regarded, etc., from among, out of, from:
hominem certum misi de comitibus meis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 2:
gladio percussus ab uno de illis,
id. Mil. 24, 65:
si quis de nostris hominibus,
id. Flacc. 4:
quemvis de iis qui essent idonei,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4 fin.:
de tribus et decem fundis tres nobilissimi fundi,
id. Rosc. Am. 35, 99 et saep.:
accusator de plebe,
id. Brut. 34, 131:
pulsare minimum de plebe Quiritem,
Ov. Am. 1, 7, 29; cf. Liv. 7, 17:
malus poëta de populo,
Cic. Arch. 10, 25 et saep.:
partem solido demere de die,
Hor. Od. 1, 1, 20:
quantum de vita perdiderit,
Petr. 26:
praeteriine tuas de tot caelestibus aras,
Ov. Her. 21, 179; Juv. 1, 138. —
b.
Sometimes de with abl. takes the place of the gen. partit. or gen. obj. In the best writers this occurs mainly
(α).
to avoid ambiguity where genitives would be multiplied:
ne expers partis esset de nostris bonis,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 39:
ut aliquem partem de istius impudentia reticere possim,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 32;
(β).
for greater precision:
si quae sunt de eodem genere,
id. Tusc. 4, 7, 16:
persona de mimo,
id. Phil. 2, 27, 65;
(γ).
in the poets, metri gratiā:
aliquid de more vetusto,
Ov. F. 6, 309; Grat. Cyneg. 17:
laudes de Caesare,
Ov. Pont. 4, 13, 23:
cetera de genere hoc,
Hor. Sat. 1, 1, 13; Lucr. 4, 746. This circumlocution was freq. [p. 514] in comic writers and in vulgar lang., and became more common in the declining periods of the lang., so that in the Romance tongues de, di, etc., with a case represent the earlier genitive (so, conscius, conscientia, meminisse, mentionem facere, recordari, etc., de aliqua re for alicujus rei, v. h. vv.).
2.
To indicate the property from which the costs of any thing are taken:
obsonat, potat, olet unguenta de meo,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 37; so,
de tuo,
Plaut. Bac. 1, 1, 65:
de suo,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, A, 5; Suet. Caes. 19:
de nostro,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 11:
de vestro,
Liv. 6, 15, 10; cf.:
de vestris,
Ov. F. 3, 828:
de alieno,
Liv. 3, 1, 3; Just. 36, 3 fin.:
de publico,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 44; Liv. 1, 20; 2, 16; 4, 60. For de tuo, once de te:
de te largitor puer,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 17.—Also in a trop. sense:
ad tua praecepta de meo nihil his novum apposivi,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 31; cf. id. Men. 1. 2, 40; Cic. Fam. 4, 3; Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 8.— Poet., to denote that out of which, or by which, one pays a penalty or suffers punishment:
has vestro de sanguine poenas datis,
Luc. 4, 805; cf.:
cum de visceribus tuis satisfacturus sis quibus debes,
Cic. Q. Frat. 1, 3, 7.
3.
To designate the material of which any thing is made, of, out of, from:
niveo factum de marmore signum,
Ov. M. 14, 313; cf. Verg. G. 3, 13:
verno de flore corona,
Tib. 2, 1, 59:
sucus de quinquefolio,
Plin. 26, 4, 11:
cinis de fico,
Pall. 1, 35, 3 et saep.:
de templo carcerem fleri,
Cic. Phil. 5, 7; cf. Flor. 2, 6, 32:
captivum de rege facturi,
Just. 7, 2, 11; cf.:
inque deum de bove versus erat,
Ov. F. 5, 616 et saep.:
fles de rhetore consul,
Juv. 7, 197.—Cf. trop. by means of:
de eodem oleo et opera exaravi nescio quid ad te,
Cic. Att. 13, 38.—Prov.:
de nihilo nihilum,
Pers. 3, 84; cf. Lucr. 1, 157 sq.
4.
In mental operations, to indicate the subject-matter or theme on which any mental act (thinking, considering, advising, determining, etc.; discoursing, informing, exhorting, deciding, disputing, doubting, etc.) is founded; of, about, concerning, Gr. peri:
cogitare de aliqua re, etc. (the most common signification): multa narrare de Laelio,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
dubitare de re,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 15:
de suo adventu docere,
Suet. Caes. 9:
de moribus admonere,
Sall. Cat. 5, 9 et saep.—With this, too, is connected its use,
5.
To indicate the producing cause or reason, for, on account of, because of:
nam id nisi gravi de causa non fecisset,
Cic. Att. 7, 7, 3; cf. id. de Or. 1, 41, 186; Cael ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15; Cic. Att. 11, 3:
de quo nomine ad arbitrum adiisti, de eo ad judicium venisti,
id. Rosc. Com. 4, 12:
flebat uterque non de suo supplicio, sed pater de filii morte, de patris filius,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 30, § 76:
de labore pectus tundit,
with pain, Plaut. Casin. 2, 6, 63:
incessit passu de vulnere tardo,
Ov. M. 10, 49:
humus fervet de corpore,
id. ib. 7, 560:
facilius de odio creditur,
Tac. H. 1, 34:
quod erat de me feliciter Ilia mater,
through me, Ov. F. 3, 233 et saep.
6.
To indicate the thing with reference to which any thing is done, with respect to, concerning:
de istac re in oculum utrumvis conquiescito,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 121: nil peccat de savio, Caec. ap. Gell. 2, 23, 11 (v. 161 Ribbeck):
credere de numero militum,
Cic. Att. 9, 1, 2:
de numero dierum fidem servare,
Caes. B. G. 6, 36; Sall. C. 50, 3:
de ceteris senatui curae fore,
id. Jug. 26, 1:
concessum ab nobilitate de consule plebeio,
Liv. 6, 42:
solem de virgine rapta consule,
Ov. F. 4, 581 et saep.—Ellipt.:
de argento somnium,
as for the money, Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 50 (for which id. Heaut. 4, 2, 4: quod de argento sperem, nihil est): Varr. R. R. 1, 59, 1:
de Dionysio sum admiratus,
Cic. Att. 9, 12; id. Off. 1, 15, 47:
de me autem suscipe paullisper meas partes,
id. Fam. 3, 12, 2; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 36 et saep.:
de Samnitibus triumphare,
concerning, over, Cic. Sen. 16, 55; cf. Hor. 4, 2, 88:
de Atheniensibus victoria,
Curt. 8, 1, 33.
7.
To indicate the thing in conformity with which any thing is done, according to, after:
secundum: DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD, S. C. de Bac.: fecisse dicas de mea sententia,
Plaut. Bac. 4, 9, 115; cf.:
de suorum propinquorum sententia atque auctoritate fecisse dicatur,
Cic. Cael. 29: de consilii sententia Mamertinis se frumentum non imperare pronunciat, id. Verr. 2, 5, 21 al.:
de ejus consilio velle sese facere,
Ter. Ph. 3, 1, 17:
vix de mea voluntate concessum est,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 4:
de exemplo meo ipse aedificato,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 86:
de more vetusto,
Verg. A. 11, 142; Ov. M. 7, 606:
de nomine,
id. ib. 1, 447:
patrioque vocat de nomine mensem,
id. F. 3, 77.
8.
With adjectives to form adverbial expressions.
a.
De integro, anew ( = ab integro, ex integro; cf.: iterum, rursus, denuo), indidemque eadem aeque oriuntur de integro, atque eodem occidunt, Pac. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 17 Müll. (v. 92 Ribb.):
ratio de integro ineunda est mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 7; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56; id. Att. 13, 27; id. Fam. 12, 30, 2 et saep. (The combination de novo appears only in the contracted form denuo, v. h. v.).—
b.
De improviso, unexpectedly:
ubi de improviso interventum est mulieri,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 40; id. And. 2, 2, 23; id. Ad. 3, 3, 53; Caes. B. G. 2, 3; 5, 22; 5, 39 et saep.; Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151 et saep.—
c.
De transverso, unexpectedly:
ecce autem de transverso L. Caesar ut veniam ad se rogat,
Cic. Att. 15, 4 fin.; Auct. Her. 4, 10, 14.
► De is often put between an adj.
or pron. and its substantive; cf.
above multa de nocte, media de nocte, gravi de causa, etc.: qua de re,
Ter. Andr. 1, 2, 13; esp. in the judic. formula: qua de re agitur; cf. Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6; Cic. Brut. 79 fin. Also freq. after a simple relative:
quo de,
Cic. Inv. 1, 28, 41; 54, 104; 2, 11, 37:
qua de,
id. ib. 2, 23, 70 et saep.
II.
In composition the e becomes short before a vowel, as in dĕhisco, dĕhinc, dĕorsum, and coincides with it in the poets by synaeresis; cf.: dehinc, deinde, deinceps, deorsum; sometimes contraction takes place, as in debeo, debilis, dego, demo, from dehabeo, de-habilis, de-ago, de-emo.—
2.
Signif.
a.
Separation, departure, removal, taking away; off, away, down, out: decedo, demigro, demeto, depromo, descendo, devolvo, derivo, deflecto, etc.; and trop. dedico, denuntio; and in a downward direction, decido, decumbo, deprimo, demergo, delabor, defluo, demitto, desido, desideo, declivis, deculco, degredior, deicio, etc.—
b.
Cessation, removal of the fundamental idea ( = un-, de-, dis-): dearmo, deartuo, decresco, dedisco, dedecoro, dedignor, dedoceo, denascor, denormo, desum, etc.; and hence direct negation, as in dedecet, deformis, demens, etc.—
c.
With reference to the terminus of the action: defero, defigo, demitto, etc.; hence also trop., with reference to the extent of the action, to the uttermost, to exhaustion, through. out: debacchor, debello, dedolo, delino, delibuo, etc.: defatigo, delaboro, delasso, etc.; hence freq. a mere strengthening of the fundamental idea, = valde, thoroughly, much: demiror, demitigo, etc.—
d.
Giving a bad sense to the verb: decipio, delinquo, deludo, derideo, detestor.—
e.
Rarely, contraction from a broad into a narrow space, together: deligo, devincio. See also Hand Turs. II. p. 183-229.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > de
13 ἐν

ἐν, poet. [full] ἐνί, [full] εἰν, [full] εἰνί (Il.8.199, etc.), forms used by [dialect] Ep. and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as f.l. in Trag.,

A εἰν S.Ant. 1241
; εἰνί E.Heracl. 893
: Arc. and Cypr. [full] ἰν IG5(2).3.5, al., Inscr.Cypr.135.9 H., al.

0-0PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into.

A WITH DAT.

I OF PLACE,

1 in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ Od.1.50
; ἐν δώμασ' ἐμοῖσιν Il.6.221
; ἐνὶ προθύροισιν 11.777
; κοίλῃσ' ἐνὶ νηυσί Od.2.27
; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, Il.2.549, 162; ἡ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ ναυμαχία Th.1.57
; ἡ ἐν Σαλαμῖνι μάχη Isoc.5.147
(but in [dialect] Att. the Prep.is sts.omitted, as with Ἐλευσῖνι, Μαραθῶνι; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of.., ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι IG22.1028.11
, ἐμ Μαραθῶνι ib.1243.21): ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῇσι in my arms, Il.22.426; ἐνὶ θυμῷ Od.16.331
, etc.; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ' ἐν σαυτῷ (v.l. - τοῦ) γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
; also ἐν αὑτοῦ, cf. signf. 2.

b ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, Antiph.125; ἐν τῷ μύρῳ Ar.Eq. 1375
; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, D.18.28.

2 elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο Od.7.132
, cf.Leg.Gort.2.21, etc.; εἰν Ἀΐδαο Il.22.389
, [dialect] Att. ἐν Ἅιδου (v. Ἅιδης): later ἐν τοῖς τινός PRev.Laws 38.1
(iii B. C.), Ev.Luc.2.49; ἐν ἡμετέρου Hdt.1.35
, 7.8.
δ'; ἐμ Πανδίονος IG22.1138.8
; ἐν Δημοτιωνιδῶν ib.2.841b21; ἐν τῶν πόλεων ib. 12.56.14: mostly with pr.n., but sts. with Appellatives, as, ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρός Il.6.47
; ἐν ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβεστάτου E.IA 926
; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of.., Ar.Nu. 973, Pl.Tht. 206a; ἐν γειτόνων (v. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ ( αὑτῷ cod. Rav.) Ar.V. 642, cf. Men.Sam. 125; οὐκέτ' ἐν ἐμαυτοῦ ἦν Pl.Chrm. 155d
; ἐν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γένεσθε Lib.Or. 35.15
.

3 in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι Il.15.192
; after Hom., of clothing, armour, etc., ἐν ἐσθῆτι Hdt.2.159
; ἐν πεπλώματι S.Tr. 613
; ἐν ἔντεσι Pi.O.4.24
; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, Hdt.1.13, etc.; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc., equipped with them, dub.in X.Mem.3.9.2; ἐν μαχαίρῃ PTeb. 16.14
(ii B. C.); ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν X. Cyr.2.3.14
; ἐν βαθεῖ πώγωνι Luc.Salt.5
.

4 on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ Il. 18.521
, Od.5.466; ἐν ὄρεσσιν 19.205
; οὔρεος ἐν κορυφῇς Il.2.456
; ἐν θρόνοις Od.8.422
; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, Il.15.463; ἐν [ξίφει] ἧλοι 11.29
; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft, 13.608; ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον ἐκτρίβων S.Ph. 296
; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, prob. in Call.Epigr.23, Luc.Dem.Enc.15.

5 in the number of, amongst, freq.in Hom., ἐν Δαναοῖσι, προμάχοισι, μέσσοισιν, νεκύεσσι, Il.1.109, 3.31, 7.384, Od. 12.383, al.; οἴη ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν Il. 1.398
; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ' ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ' 13.689
; ἀνδράσιν ἐν πολλοῖσι.. ἀνάσσων Od.19.110
; φῦλον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ματαιότατον Pi.P.3.21
; ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοισιν ἀνὴρ χρηστός S.Ant. 661
; ἐν γυναιξὶν ἄλκιμος E.Or. 754
:—for ἐν τοῖς c. [comp] Sup., V. ὁ.

b in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι Od.2.194
; πτωχὸς ὢν ἐν ἐσθλοῖσιν λέγειν E.Fr. 703
; λέγοντες ἐν τῷ δήμῳ Pl.R. 565b
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσι Th.2.36
; ἔλεγον ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα Lys.12.6
; ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις εἰπεῖν Isoc.3.21
; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) Lys.32.11; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, Pl.Grg. 464d, Lg. 916b; προὐκαλούμην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικασταῖς Antipho6.23
.

6 in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ' ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι Il.7.102
; δύναμις γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν Od.10.69
(comp. the Homeric phrases θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται Il.17.514
; ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου 16.630
); freq. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att., ἔστιν ἔν τινι, c. inf., it depends on him to.., rests with him to.., ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ.. ἤ.. Hdt.6.109
, cf. 3.85, etc.; ταῦτα δ' ἐν τῷ δαίμονι καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἁτέρᾳ S.OC 1443
; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; ἐν σοὶ δ' ἐσμὲν καὶ ζῆν καὶ μή E.Alc. 278
; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὰ πράγματα ἐγένετο Th.1.74
; ἐν τῷ θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν, οὐκ ἐμοί D.18.193
; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, Pl.Prt. 354e; ἐν τούτῳ λύεται ἡ ἀπορία ἢ ἄλλοθι οὐδαμοῦ ib. 321e; ἔν γ' ἐμοί so far as rests with me, S.OC 153 (lyr.); ἐν δὲ σοὶ λελείψομαι E.Hipp. 324
; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, S.OC 1214 (lyr.); ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, Id.Ant. 925.

7 in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ' ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα Il.23.671
; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age.., S. OT 1112; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, Id.Aj. 1315; ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής ib. 1092; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις Pl.La. 190d; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, Id.Ap. 28b.

8 in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, Il.4.482, etc.; βάλον ἐν κονίῃσι 5.588
; νηῒ δ' ἐνὶ πρύμνῃ ἔναρα θῆκ' 10.570
; ἐν χερσὶ τιθέναι 1.441
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶ βαλεῖν 5.574
; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν ib. 513; ἐν Τρωσὶν ὄρουσαν 16.258
; ἐν χερσὶ πεσέειν 6.81
; λέων ἐν βουσὶ θορών 5.161
; ἐν δ' οἶνον ἔχευεν ἐν δέπαϊ χρυσέῳ Od.20.261
; ἐν τεύχεσσιν ἔδυνον Il.23.131
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων S.Aj. 184
(lyr.), cf. 374 (lyr.); ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς Th.7.87
; ἡ ἐν τῷ Σπειραίῳ τῶν νεῶν καταφυγή Id.8.11
; ἐν τόπῳ καταπεφευγέναι Pl.Sph. 260c
; ἐν ᾅδου διαπορευθείς Id.Lg. 905b
; ῥιπτοῦντες σφᾶς ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ Arr.An.1.19.4
; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ Paus.7.4.3
, cf. LXX To.5.5, Arr.Epict.1.11.32, etc.: τὸν ἐν Σικελίᾳ πλοῦν is f.l. in Lys. 19.43 codd.

9 πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, Luc.DDeor. 6.2; ἐν ἀργύρῳ πίνειν Id.Merc.Cond.26
; ἐν μικροῖς D.L.1.104
.

10 ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, Plu.2.260a; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, PPetr.1p.37, PTeb.120.125 (i B. C.).

11 in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the Il. describing this, Th.1.9, cf. Pl.Tht. 147c, Phlb. 33b.

II OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION:

1 of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ Od.10.553
; ἐν δαιτί Il.4.259
; ἐν καρὸς αἴσῃ 9.378
; ἐν μοίρῃ Od.22.54
; οὑμὸς ἐν φάει βίος E.Ph. 1281
; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to.., S.OT 1016; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, Pl.Phd. 59a, cf. R. 489b; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, Hdt.2.82; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, Th.3.28; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, Id.7.73, etc.; τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ὄντας Isoc.2.5
; ὁ ἐν ταῖς προσόδοις PPetr.1p.62
; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, S.OT 562.

2 of inward states, of feeling, etc., ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, Il.7.302,9.230; ἐν φόβῳ γενέσθαι Pl.R. 578e
; οὐκ ἐν αἰσχύνῃ τὰ σά E.Ph. 1276
; ἐν σιωπῇ τἀμά Id. Ion 1397
; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, Th.2.21; ἐν ἔριδι εἶναι ibid.; ἐν αἰτίᾳ σχεῖν τινά to blame him, Hdt.5.106; ἐν αἰτίᾳ βαλεῖν S.OT 656
(lyr.); ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, X.Mem. 2.8.9, etc.; οἱ ἐν ταῖς αἰτίαις D.Ep.2.14
.

3 freq. with neut. Adj., ἐν βραχεῖ, = βραχέως, S.El. 673; ἐν τάχει, = ταχέως, Id.OT 765, etc.; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, = καλῶς ἔχει, E.Heracl. 971; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.IT 762; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.Hel. 1227; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.3.154
; ἐν ἴσῳ, = ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ, = ὁμοίως, Th.2.53: less freq. in pl., ἐν ἀργοῖς, = ἀργῶς, S.OT 287; ἐν κενοῖς, = κενῶς, Id.Aj. 971: with a Subst., ἐν δίκᾳ, = δικαίως, opp. παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.O.2.16, cf. S.Tr. 1069, Ar.Eq. 258, Pl.R. 475c, al.; ἦσαν οὐκέτι ὁμοίως ἐν ἡδονῇ ἄρχοντες Th.1.99
, cf. Pl. Epin. 977b.

III OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες Il.7.429
; δῆσαι ἐνὶ δεσμῷ 5.386
, cf. Od.12.54, etc.; but in most cases the orig. sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc.; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα A.Pr. 425
(lyr.); ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα ib. 462; ἔργον ἐν κύβοις Ἄρης κρινεῖ Id.Th. 414
; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, Il.3.306, Od.10.385, etc.; ἔν τε τῇ ὄψει διαγιγνώσκειν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀκοῇ Pl.Tht. 206a
; also ἐν ὠσὶ νωμῶν ὄρνιθας A.Th.25
; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, S.Ph.60; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, ib. 102; ἐν λόγοις by words, A.Ch. 613 (lyr.); ἀπέκτειναν ἐν τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ Lys.13.12
, cf. Antipho 5.59; ψαύειν ἐν κερτομίοις γλώσσαις S.Ant. 961
(lyr.); ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις νόμοις ποιήσαντες τὰς κρίσεις Th.1.77
; esp. with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς X.Cyr.8.7.3
; τὰ πραχθέντα.. ἐν.. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, Th.7.11; ἐν τῇδε ῥάβδῳ πάντα ποιήσεις Ezek.Exag. 132
, cf. PMag.Osl.1.108.

2 of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Ev.Matt.9.34
.

IV OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ Il.16.643
; ἐν νυκτί Hdt.6.69
, X. Smp.1.9; ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ S.Ph. 235
, OC88; ἐν τούτῳ (sc. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, Hdt.1.126, etc.; ἐν ᾧ (sc. χρόνῳ) during the time that, S.Tr. 929, etc. (also ἐν οἷς Arist.Mu. 391a2
); ἐν ὅσῳ Th.3.28
; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, X.An.3.1.1; ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ Th.7.73
(but in some phrases the ἐν is omitted, as μυστηρίοις in the course of the mysteries, Ar.Pl. 1013; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of.., Aeschin.3.36).

b ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M., IG7.1773 (Thebes, ii A. D.); ἐν ἄρχοντι Σύλλᾳ ib.3.113.

2 in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ Hdt.1.126
; ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα Th.1.118
; ἐν τρισὶ μησί X.HG1.1.37
, etc.; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, E.Ph. 305 (lyr.); ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς νοσῆσαι Procop.Arc.9.35
.

V OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, D.S.20.74, cf. 19.39, dub. in Th.6.1.

2 with gen. of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων LXX 3 Ki.16.24
.

3 amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις BGU970.14
(ii A. D.), etc.

B WITH Acc., into, on, for, Arc. ἰν, νόμος ἰν ἄματα πάντα IG5
(2).5; γράψαι ἐν χάλκωμα ib.511; ἐν πελτοφόρας ἀπεγράψατο ib.7.210 ([place name] Aegosthenae), etc.; also poet., ἐν πάντα νόμον Pi.P.2.86
.

C WITHOUT CASE, AS ADVERB, in the phrase ἐν δέ..,

1 and therein, Il.9.361; ἐν μέν.. ἐν δέ Od.13.244
.

2 and among them, Il.2.588, etc.; in Hdt., mostly ἐν δὲ δή .. 3.39, 5.95; or ἐν δὲ καί.. 2.43
, 172, 176.

3 and besides, moreover (not in [dialect] Att. Prose), S.Aj. 675, OT 181 (lyr.), al.; ἐν δ' ὑπέρας τε κάλους τε πόδας τ' ἐνέδησεν ἐν αὐτῇ Od.5.260
.

4 ἔνι, = ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι, Il.20.248, etc.

D POSITION: ἐν freq. stands between its Subst. and the Adj. agreeing therewith, Il.22.61, B.5.41, etc.: without an Adj., τῷ δ' ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας Od.12.103
: most freq. in Hom. in the form ἐνί, which is then written by anastrophe ἔνι, Il.7.221, Od.5.57; in Pi. between Subst. and gen., χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος O.13.44
, al.--One or more independent words sts. come between the Prep. and its dat., as in Od.11.115; also in Prose, Hdt.6.69.

E IN COMPOS.,

I with Verbs, the Prep. mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc., c. dat., or folld. by εἰς.. , or ἐν..: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compd., to remark a thing in one.

b also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί.

2 with Adjs., it expresses

a a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather...

b the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc.

II ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ψ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ Χ; ἐλ- before λ; ἐρ- before ρ; rarely ἐς- before ς; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐν
14 ante

antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
I.
Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
A.
In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
1.
In space:
quem ante aedīs video,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:
ante ostium Me audivit stare,
Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:
Ornatas paulo ante fores,
Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:
ante meum limen,
Juv. 11, 190:
ante suum fundum,
Cic. Mil. 10:
ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,
id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,
Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:
ante altaria,
id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:
ante hosce deos erant arulae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:
quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,
Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:
ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,
id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:
ante se statuit funditores,
Liv. 42, 58:
Flos Asiae ante ipsum,
Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:
si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,
Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:
ante oculos collocata,
Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:
ante oculos errat domus,
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:
donec stet ante judicium,
Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:
ante Dominum vilior fiam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:
non te justifices ante Deum,
ib. Eccli. 7, 5:
justi ambo ante Deum,
ib. Luc. 1, 6;
and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,
ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:
ante me ito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:
equitatum omnem ante se mittit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,
id. B. C. 1, 55:
praecurrit ante omnes,
id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
2.
Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:
facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,
Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:
tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,
superior to, Liv. 35, 14:
necessitas ante rationem est,
necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
a.
Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;
also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:
scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:
tua ante omnes experientia,
Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:
Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,
Verg. A. 4, 59:
Ipse est ante omnes,
Vulg. Col. 1, 17:
O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,
Verg. A. 3, 321:
ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,
id. G. 3, 266:
scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,
id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:
ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,
Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
b.
Ante omnia.
(α).
Before all things, first of all:
alvus ante omnia ducitur,
Cels. 7, 30:
oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,
id. 8, 2:
Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,
Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:
Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
(β).
Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:
publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,
Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:
quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,
Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:
dulces ante omnia Musae,
the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:
deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,
Juv. 10, 191.—
(γ).
In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):
ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,
Quint. 2, 15, 1:
ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,
id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
B.
Of time.
1.
Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.
Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:
ante diem caupo sciet,
Juv. 9, 108:
ante brumam,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:
ante noctem,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:
pereundum erit ante lucernas,
Juv. 10, 339:
ante haec omnia,
Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
a.
By a person who lived at the time:
jam ante Socratem,
before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:
qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,
before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:
ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,
Verg. G. 1, 125:
vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,
Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:
ante Helenam,
id. S. 1, 3, 107:
ante se,
Tac. H. 1, 50:
quod ante eum nemo,
Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
b.
By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:
ante has meas litteras,
i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:
per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,
Liv. 1, 59:
ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,
Ov. M. 1, 5:
ante sidus fervidum,
Hor. Epod. 1, 27:
ante cibum,
id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:
Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,
before their A B C, id. 14, 209:
cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?
Verg. A. 11, 424:
Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,
Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:
ante aedilitatem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 17:
ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,
Verg. G. 2, 536:
ante imperium ducis,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:
relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,
Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:
mortuus est ante istum praetorem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:
docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,
id. Brut. 18, 73:
cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:
quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,
id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:
ante hanc urbem conditam,
before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):
non multo ante urbem captam,
id. Div. 1, 45:
ante Epaminondam natum,
Nep. Epam. 10, 4:
ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,
Sall. J. 110, 2:
ante decemviros creatos,
Liv. 3, 53 al. —
2.
Hence particular phrases.
a.
Ante tempus,
(α).
Before the right time:
ante tempus excitatis suis,
Liv. 31, 36.—
(β).
Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:
factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,
Cic. Lael. 3:
honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,
Suet. Aug. 26:
venisti ante tempus torquere nos?
Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
b.
Ante diem, poet.,
(α).
Before the time:
Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,
Ov. A. A. 1, 184:
ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,
Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
(β).
Before the time destined by fate:
filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,
Ov. M. 1, 148:
hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,
id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:
sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
c.
Ante hunc diem, with a negative:
istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,
never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:
neque umquam ante hunc diem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:
Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,
Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
3.
Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:
in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:
ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,
Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:
supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,
Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
4.
Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:
ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,
Nep. Arist. 2, 3:
qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,
id. Timoth. 2, 3:
invictus ante eam diem fuerat,
Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
5.
Ante annos, before the destined time:
Ante suos annos occidit,
Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:
Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,
beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:
suos annos praeterire,
Sil. 4, 428; and:
annos transcendere factis,
id. 2, 348). —
6.
Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:
ante hoc incognita,
Luc. 6, 116:
ante hoc domūs pars videntur,
Tac. G. 13.
II.
Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
A.
Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:
fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,
Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:
coronatus stabit et ante calix,
Tib. 2, 5, 98:
plena oculis et ante et retro,
Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):
si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,
Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:
pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,
Verg. G. 3, 552.—
B.
1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
a.
With verbs:
nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:
id te oro, ut ante eamus,
id. ib. 3, 3, 24;
very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,
Cic. Phil. 11, 14:
quae ante acta sunt,
id. Verr. 1, 109:
sicut ante fecimus,
Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:
fructus omnis ante actae vitae,
Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:
apud vos ante feci mentionem,
Cic. Agr. 3, 4:
faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,
id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:
illud de quo ante dixi,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:
quos ante dixi,
id. Off. 2, 14, 50:
ut ante dixi,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:
quem ad modum ante dixi,
id. Sex. Rosc. 91:
additis, quae ante deliquerant,
Tac. A. 6, 9:
filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,
id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:
acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:
ut saepe ante fecerant,
Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
b.
Rarely with adjj.:
non filius ante pudicus,
Juv. 3, 111:
quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,
Tac. A. 14, 7.—
c.
Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):
illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:
etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,
id. Fam. 4, 9:
paucis diebus ante,
id. Phil. 2, 40:
viginti annis ante,
id. Lael. 12, 42:
voverat eam annis undecim ante,
Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:
quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,
a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:
Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,
a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:
ante quadriennium amissus es,
four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:
aliquot ante annos,
Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
d.
With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:
multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
haud multo ante adventum,
Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:
ante multo a te didicerimus,
Cic. Sen. 2, 6:
Venisti paulo ante in senatum,
id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;
6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,
Cic. Rep. 2, 4:
profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,
id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:
tanto ante praedixeras,
id. Phil. 2, 33:
quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:
quanto ante providerit,
Cic. Sest. 8:
permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,
id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
2.
Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
a.
With ind. pres.:
ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,
Cic. Quinct. 48:
ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,
id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
b.
With ind. perf.:
memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11:
anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,
id. Brut. 18, 72:
ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,
id. Fam. 10, 3:
neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,
Liv. 39, 10:
ante quam ille est factus inimicus,
Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
c.
Rarely with fut. perf.:
ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,
Cic. Phil. 11, 24:
neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,
id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
d.
With subj. pres.:
ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,
Cic. Agr. 2, 53:
hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,
id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
e.
With subj. imperf.:
Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 167:
qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,
id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
f.
With subj. perf.:
ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,
id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:
nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,
Liv. 42, 52:
nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,
Suet. Caes. 67.—
g.
With subj. pluperf.:
se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:
qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,
Cic. Planc. 98:
ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,
id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
h.
With inf.:
dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,
Cic. Quinct. 54.—
i.
With part.:
armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,
Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;
and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,
Lucr. 3, 972:
Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,
Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:
sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,
Verg. A. 4, 24; so,
prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?
Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
3.
For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):
ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,
Cels. 7, 29:
et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,
id. 5, 26:
ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,
id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
4.
Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):
neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,
earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):
ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,
Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
III.
In composition.
A.
Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
B.
Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
C.
Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
D.
In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ante
15 anti

antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
I.
Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
A.
In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
1.
In space:
quem ante aedīs video,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:
ante ostium Me audivit stare,
Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:
Ornatas paulo ante fores,
Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:
ante meum limen,
Juv. 11, 190:
ante suum fundum,
Cic. Mil. 10:
ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,
id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,
Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:
ante altaria,
id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:
ante hosce deos erant arulae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:
quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,
Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:
ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,
id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:
ante se statuit funditores,
Liv. 42, 58:
Flos Asiae ante ipsum,
Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:
si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,
Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:
ante oculos collocata,
Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:
ante oculos errat domus,
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:
donec stet ante judicium,
Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:
ante Dominum vilior fiam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:
non te justifices ante Deum,
ib. Eccli. 7, 5:
justi ambo ante Deum,
ib. Luc. 1, 6;
and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,
ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:
ante me ito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:
equitatum omnem ante se mittit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,
id. B. C. 1, 55:
praecurrit ante omnes,
id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
2.
Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:
facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,
Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:
tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,
superior to, Liv. 35, 14:
necessitas ante rationem est,
necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
a.
Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;
also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:
scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:
tua ante omnes experientia,
Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:
Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,
Verg. A. 4, 59:
Ipse est ante omnes,
Vulg. Col. 1, 17:
O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,
Verg. A. 3, 321:
ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,
id. G. 3, 266:
scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,
id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:
ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,
Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
b.
Ante omnia.
(α).
Before all things, first of all:
alvus ante omnia ducitur,
Cels. 7, 30:
oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,
id. 8, 2:
Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,
Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:
Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
(β).
Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:
publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,
Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:
quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,
Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:
dulces ante omnia Musae,
the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:
deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,
Juv. 10, 191.—
(γ).
In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):
ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,
Quint. 2, 15, 1:
ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,
id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
B.
Of time.
1.
Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.
Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:
ante diem caupo sciet,
Juv. 9, 108:
ante brumam,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:
ante noctem,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:
pereundum erit ante lucernas,
Juv. 10, 339:
ante haec omnia,
Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
a.
By a person who lived at the time:
jam ante Socratem,
before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:
qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,
before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:
ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,
Verg. G. 1, 125:
vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,
Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:
ante Helenam,
id. S. 1, 3, 107:
ante se,
Tac. H. 1, 50:
quod ante eum nemo,
Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
b.
By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:
ante has meas litteras,
i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:
per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,
Liv. 1, 59:
ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,
Ov. M. 1, 5:
ante sidus fervidum,
Hor. Epod. 1, 27:
ante cibum,
id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:
Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,
before their A B C, id. 14, 209:
cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?
Verg. A. 11, 424:
Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,
Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:
ante aedilitatem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 17:
ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,
Verg. G. 2, 536:
ante imperium ducis,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:
relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,
Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:
mortuus est ante istum praetorem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:
docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,
id. Brut. 18, 73:
cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:
quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,
id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:
ante hanc urbem conditam,
before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):
non multo ante urbem captam,
id. Div. 1, 45:
ante Epaminondam natum,
Nep. Epam. 10, 4:
ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,
Sall. J. 110, 2:
ante decemviros creatos,
Liv. 3, 53 al. —
2.
Hence particular phrases.
a.
Ante tempus,
(α).
Before the right time:
ante tempus excitatis suis,
Liv. 31, 36.—
(β).
Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:
factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,
Cic. Lael. 3:
honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,
Suet. Aug. 26:
venisti ante tempus torquere nos?
Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
b.
Ante diem, poet.,
(α).
Before the time:
Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,
Ov. A. A. 1, 184:
ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,
Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
(β).
Before the time destined by fate:
filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,
Ov. M. 1, 148:
hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,
id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:
sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
c.
Ante hunc diem, with a negative:
istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,
never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:
neque umquam ante hunc diem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:
Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,
Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
3.
Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:
in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:
ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,
Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:
supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,
Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
4.
Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:
ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,
Nep. Arist. 2, 3:
qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,
id. Timoth. 2, 3:
invictus ante eam diem fuerat,
Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
5.
Ante annos, before the destined time:
Ante suos annos occidit,
Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:
Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,
beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:
suos annos praeterire,
Sil. 4, 428; and:
annos transcendere factis,
id. 2, 348). —
6.
Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:
ante hoc incognita,
Luc. 6, 116:
ante hoc domūs pars videntur,
Tac. G. 13.
II.
Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
A.
Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:
fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,
Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:
coronatus stabit et ante calix,
Tib. 2, 5, 98:
plena oculis et ante et retro,
Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):
si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,
Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:
pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,
Verg. G. 3, 552.—
B.
1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
a.
With verbs:
nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:
id te oro, ut ante eamus,
id. ib. 3, 3, 24;
very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,
Cic. Phil. 11, 14:
quae ante acta sunt,
id. Verr. 1, 109:
sicut ante fecimus,
Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:
fructus omnis ante actae vitae,
Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:
apud vos ante feci mentionem,
Cic. Agr. 3, 4:
faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,
id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:
illud de quo ante dixi,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:
quos ante dixi,
id. Off. 2, 14, 50:
ut ante dixi,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:
quem ad modum ante dixi,
id. Sex. Rosc. 91:
additis, quae ante deliquerant,
Tac. A. 6, 9:
filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,
id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:
acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:
ut saepe ante fecerant,
Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
b.
Rarely with adjj.:
non filius ante pudicus,
Juv. 3, 111:
quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,
Tac. A. 14, 7.—
c.
Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):
illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:
etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,
id. Fam. 4, 9:
paucis diebus ante,
id. Phil. 2, 40:
viginti annis ante,
id. Lael. 12, 42:
voverat eam annis undecim ante,
Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:
quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,
a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:
Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,
a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:
ante quadriennium amissus es,
four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:
aliquot ante annos,
Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
d.
With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:
multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
haud multo ante adventum,
Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:
ante multo a te didicerimus,
Cic. Sen. 2, 6:
Venisti paulo ante in senatum,
id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;
6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,
Cic. Rep. 2, 4:
profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,
id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:
tanto ante praedixeras,
id. Phil. 2, 33:
quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:
quanto ante providerit,
Cic. Sest. 8:
permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,
id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
2.
Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
a.
With ind. pres.:
ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,
Cic. Quinct. 48:
ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,
id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
b.
With ind. perf.:
memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11:
anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,
id. Brut. 18, 72:
ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,
id. Fam. 10, 3:
neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,
Liv. 39, 10:
ante quam ille est factus inimicus,
Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
c.
Rarely with fut. perf.:
ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,
Cic. Phil. 11, 24:
neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,
id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
d.
With subj. pres.:
ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,
Cic. Agr. 2, 53:
hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,
id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
e.
With subj. imperf.:
Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 167:
qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,
id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
f.
With subj. perf.:
ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,
id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:
nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,
Liv. 42, 52:
nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,
Suet. Caes. 67.—
g.
With subj. pluperf.:
se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:
qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,
Cic. Planc. 98:
ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,
id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
h.
With inf.:
dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,
Cic. Quinct. 54.—
i.
With part.:
armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,
Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;
and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,
Lucr. 3, 972:
Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,
Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:
sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,
Verg. A. 4, 24; so,
prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?
Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
3.
For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):
ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,
Cels. 7, 29:
et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,
id. 5, 26:
ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,
id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
4.
Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):
neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,
earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):
ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,
Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
III.
In composition.
A.
Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
B.
Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
C.
Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
D.
In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > anti
16 EPTIR

prep with dat. and acc.;

I. with dat.

1) with verbs of motion, after (ríða, róa, fara, ganga, senda e-m);

2) denoting the aim and object of many verbs;

leita, spyrja, frétta, eptir e-u, to search, ask, inquire after;

líta eptir e-u, to look afler, attend to;

bíða eptir e-u, to wait for;

vaka eptir e-m, to sit up waiting for one;

segja eptir e-m, to report behind one’s back;

3) following the course of a track, road, etc., along;

niðr eptir hálsinum, down the hill;

eptir endilongu, from one end to the other;

eptir miðju, along the middle;

4) after, according to, in accordance with (eptir sið þeirra ok lögum);

hann leiddist eptir fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion;

gekk allt eptir því sem H. hafði sagt, according as H. had said;

5) denoting proportion, comparison;

fátt manna eptir því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he was want to have;

6) with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after;

láta eptir e-m, to indulge one;

breyta eptir e-m, to imitate;

7) behind (hann leiddi eptir sér hestinn);

fundust eptir þeim írskar bœkr, which they had left behind;

II. with acc.

1) of time, after, in succession to (vár kom eptir vetr);

hvern dag eptir annan, one day after the other;

ár eptir ár, dag eptir dag, year by year, day by day;

eptir þat, after that, thereafter;

2) denoting succession, inheritance;

taka e-t í arf eptir e-n, to inherit from one;

hann tók konungdóm eptir föður sinn, after his father;

vita þá skömm eptir sik, to leave such a bad report;

skaði mikill er eptir menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men;

III. as adv.

1) after;

annat sumar eptir, the second summer after;

um daginn eptir, the day after;

eptir um várit, later during the spring;

eptir koma úsvinnum ráð, the fool is wise when too late;

2) behind;

bíða sitja eptir, to wait, stay behind;

vera, standa eptir, to remain behind, be left;

halda e-u eptir, to keep back;

skammt get ek eptir þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life;

3) before the rel. part., eptir er = eptir þat er, after (ef maðr, andast á þingi eptir er menn eru á braut farnir);

4) eptir á, afterwards, later on;

in addition.

* * *

better spelt eftir, in common pronunciation ettir, a prep. with dat. and acc. and also used as adv. or ellipt. without a case: an older form ept or eft only occurs in poetry, Skm. 39, 41, Ýt. 2, Edda 91 (in a verse); ept víg, Hkr. i. 349 (in a verse), iii. 50 (Arnór); [cp. Goth. afar; Runic stone in Tune, after; A. S. æft; Engl. after, aft; Swed.-Dan. efter]:—after.

A. WITH DAT., LOC.; with verbs denoting following, pursuing, or the like; hann reið e. þeim, Eg. 149; hann bar merkit eptir honum, he bore the standard after him, 297; róa e. þeim, to pull after them, Ld. 118; þegar e. Kara, on the heels of Kari, Nj. 202; varð ekki e. honum gengit, none went after him, 270.

β. with the notion to fetch; senda e. e-m, to send after one, Eb. 22, Nj. 78, Fms. i. 2; ríða í Hornafjörð e. fé yðru, ride to H. after your things, Nj. 63.

γ. ellipt., viljum vér eigi e. fara, we will not follow after them. Eb. 242; ek mun hlaupa þegar e., Nj. 202.

2. metaph.,

α. with verbs denoting to look, stara, líta, sjá, gá, horfa, mæna, etc. e. e-u, to stare, look after a thing while departing, Ísl. ii. 261: leita, spyrja, frétta etc. e. e-u, to ask, ‘speer,’ seek after a thing, Nj. 75, Eg. 155, 686, Fms. i. 71, x. 148, etc.

β. segja e. e-m, to tell tales, report behind one’s back in a bad sense, 623. 62; þó at ek segða eigi óhapp eptir tengda-mönnum mínum, Sturl. i. 66; sjá e. e-u, to look after, miss a thing, Nj. 75; leggja hug e. e-u, to mind a thing, Ísl. ii. 426; taka e., to mind, mark a thing; ganga e. e-u, to retain a thing, Fms. x. 5.

γ. verbs denoting to expect; bíða, vænta e. e-u, to expect, wait for a thing; vaka e. e-m, to sit up waiting for one, but vaka yfir e-m, to sit up nursing or watching one, cp. Fas. ii. 535.

II. denoting along, in the direction of a track, road, or the like; niðr e. hálsinum, down the hill, Fms. iii. 192; út e. firði, stood out along the firth, i. 37; innar e. höllinni, Nj. 270; upp e. dal, Eb. 232; ofan e. dalnum, Nj. 34; ofan e. eyrunum, 143; upp e. eyrunum, 85; innar e. búðinni, 165; út e. þvertrénu, 202; ofan e. reykinum, Eb. 230; inn e. Skeiðum, 224; inn e. Álptafirði, id.; innar e. ísum, 236; inn e. ísum, 316; út e. ísnum, 236; út e. Hafsbotnum, Orkn. 1; e. endilöngu, from one end to another, Fms. x. 16; e. miðju, along the middle, vii. 89.

2. metaph. after, according to; e. því sem vera ætti, Ld. 66; e. sið þeirra ok lögum, Fms. i. 81; e. þínum fortölum, ii. 32; hann leiddisk e. fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion, v. 30; gékk allt e. því sem Hallr hafði sagt, Nj. 256; gékk allt e. því sem honum hafði vitrað verit, all turned out as he had dreamed, Fms. ii. 231; e. minni vísan, i. 71.

β. denoting proportion, comparison; þó eigi e. því sem faðir hans var, yet not like his father, Eg. 702; fátt manna e. því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he used to have, Sturl. ii. 253; þat var orð á, at þar færi aðrar e., people said that the rest was of one piece, Ld. 168.

γ. with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after, etc.; lifa e. holdi sínu, to live after the flesh, Hom. 25; lifa e. Guði, 73; lifit e. mér, follow after me, Blas. 45; láta e. e-m, to indulge one; mæla e. e-m, to take one’s part, Nj. 26: breyta e. e-m, to imitate; dæma e. e-m, to give a sentence for one, 150; fylgja e. e-m, to follow after one, N. T.; herma e. e-m, to mimic one’s voice and gesture, as a juggler; mun ek þar e. gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I will do after just as you do before, Nj. 90; hann mælti e. ( he repeated the words) ok stefndi rangt, 35; leika e. e-m, to follow one’s lead; telja e., to grudge; langa e., to long after, Luke xxii. 15.

δ. kalla, heita e. e-m, to name a child after one; kallaði Hákon eptir föður sínum Hákoni, Fms. i. 14; kallaðr e. Mýrkjartani móður-föður sínum, Ld. 108: lcel. now make a distinction, heita í höfuðit á e-m, of a living person, and heita e. e-m, of one deceased.

III. denoting behind; fundusk e. þeim Írskar bækr, Irish books were found which they had left behind, Landn. (pref.), Fms. xi. 410; draga þik blindan e. sér, vi. 323; bera e-t e. sér, to drag behind one; hann leiddi e. sér hestinn, he led the horse after him, Eg. 766.

β. as an adv., þá er eigi hins verra e. ván er slíkt ferr fyrir, what worse can come after, when such things went before? Nj. 34.

2. but chiefly ellipt. or adverb.; láta e., to leave behind, Sturl. i. 60; sitja e., to sit, stay behind, Fms. i. 66; bíða e., to stay behind; vera e., Grett. 36 new Ed., Bs. i. 21; standa e., to stay behind, remain, be left, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248; dveljask e., to delay, stop, Sturl. ii. 253; leggja e., to lay behind, but liggja e., to lie behind, i. e. be left, Karl. 439; eiga e., to have to do, Nj. 56; ef ekki verðr e., if naught remain behind, Rb. 126; skammt get ek e., þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life, Nj. 182; þau bjoggu þar e., they remained, stayed there. 25.

B. WITH ACC., TEMP, after; vetri e. fall Ólafs, Eb. (fine); sextán vetrum e. dráp Eadmundar konungs …, vetrum e. andlát Gregorii, … e. burð Christi, Íb. 18; e. fall jarls, Eg. 297; e. verk þessi, Nj. 85: esp. immediately after, var kom e. vetr, spring came after winter, Eg. 260; hvern dag e. annan, one day after another, Hom. 158; ár e. ár, year after year, Rb. 292; dag e. dag, day after day, Fms. ii. 231; e. þat, or e. þetta, after that, Lat. deinde, deinceps, Nj. 151, Eb. 58, Bs. i. 5, etc. etc.; e. þingit, after the meeting, Eb. 108; e. sætt Eyrbyggja, 252.

2. denoting succession, inheritance, remembrance, etc.; eptir in this sense is frequent on the Runic stones, to the memory of, after; hón á arf allan e. mik, Nj. 3; tekit í arf e. föður þinn, inherited after thy father, Fms. i. 256; ef skapbætendr eru eigi til e. bauga, i. e. to receive the weregild, Grág. ii. 184; þeir er sektar-fé eiga at taka e. þik, Nj. 230; tók konungdóm e. föður sinn, took the kingdom after his father, Fms. i. 2; Þorkell tók lögsögu e. Þórarinn, Thorkel took the speakership after Thorarin, Íb. ch. 5, cp. ch. 8, 10: metaph., vita þá skömm e. sik, to know that shame [ will be] after one, i. e. leave such a bad report, Ld. 222; skaði mikill er e. menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men, Eg. 93; hann fastaði karföstu e. son sinn, he fasted the lenten fast after his son’s death, Sturl. ii. 231; sonr … e. genginn guma, a son to succeed his deceased father, Hm. 71; mæla e. en, or eiga vígsmál (eptir-mál) e. e-n, to conduct the suit after one if slain, Nj. 254 (freq.), hence eptir-mál; eptir víg Arnkels vóru konur til erfðar ok aðildar, Eb. 194; í hefnd e. e-n, to revenge one’s death, Nj. 118; heimta gjöld e. menn sína, to claim weregild, Fms. viii. 199.

β. the phrase, vera e. sig, to be weary after great exertion.

II. used as adv. after; síðan e. á öðrum degi, on the second day thereafter, Hom. 116: síðan e., Lat. deinceps, Fms. x. 210; um várit e., the spring after, Eb. 125 new Ed.; annat sumar e., the second summer after, Nj. 14; annat haust e., Eb. 184; annan dag e., the second day after, Nj. 3; um daginn e., the day after, Fms. vii. 153, Bs. i. 21; næsta mánuð e., Rb. 126.

β. by placing the adverb. prep. at the beginning the sense becomes different, later; e. um várit, later during the spring, Eb. 98.

III. used adverb. with the relat. particles er, at; e. er, Lat. postquam, Grág. i. 10; e. at, id., K. Þ. K. 32.

β. eptir á, afterward; the proverb, eptir (mod. eptir á) koma ósvinnum ráð í hug, the fool is wise too late, Vápn. 17, Fas. i. 98; eptir á, kvað hinn …, ‘ after a bit,’ quoth the …, (a proverb.)

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EPTIR
17 διά

διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,

A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]

A WITH GEN.

I of Place or Space:

1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons, διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; δουρὶ βάλεν Δάμασον κυνέης διά 12.183
; δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose, τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755; δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν:
διὰ πάσης
throughout, Th.1.14
;
διὰ κενῆς
idly, Id.4.126
, etc. (cf.111.1.c).

2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer, ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
; δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398; τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
; δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.; θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,
ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of.., Ath.10.438b
.

3 in the midst of, Il.9.468; κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between, δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence, ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
; τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
; εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.

4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along, παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48); λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.

5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94; δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
; δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
; ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.

II of Time,

1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13; δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
; δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
; δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
; δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97; δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.); δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058; δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;
δ. τέλους
from beginning to end, A.Pr. 275
, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,
δ. παντός
continually, A.Ch. 862
(lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77; δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
; ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.

2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045; δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone, δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
; οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91; δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals, δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285; ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.

3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).

III causal, through, by,

a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113; δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.; τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
; δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.); ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.

b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands), δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13); δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
; ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
; δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
; δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
; αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b; δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
; δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).

c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.), δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c; δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
; δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
; οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
; δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.

2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, κατασκευάζειν εἴδωλα δι' ἐλέφαντος καὶ χρυσοῦ D.S.17.115
; θυσίαι δι' ἀλφίτου καὶ σπονδῆς πεποιημέναι Plu.Num.8
; βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
; οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.

IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91; δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888; δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
; δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.; δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.

b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9; ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60; δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
; δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416; δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).

c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32; δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.; δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683; δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; δι' οὐδενὸς ποιεῖσθαί τι S.OC 584
.

B WITH Acc.

I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:

1 through, ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
; ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62; δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
; ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
; φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).

2 through, among, in, οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
; ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; so δ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
; ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
); δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; νόμοι δι' αἰθέρα τεκνωθέντες S.OT 867
(lyr.).

II of Time, also Poet., δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.

III causal:

1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of, νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121; δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of, δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249; οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for.., εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
; Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74; εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558; πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.

2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41; Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523; δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6; δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.

3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.

C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I); δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.

D IN COMPOS.:

I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.

II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.

III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.

IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.

V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.

VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.

VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διά
18 have

1. transitive verb,
pres. he has, p.t. & p.p. had

1) (possess) haben

I have it! — ich hab's[!]

and what have you — (coll.) und so weiter

2) (obtain) bekommen

let's not have any... — lass uns... vermeiden

come on, let's have it! — (coll.) rück schon raus damit! (ugs.)

3) (take) nehmen

4) (keep) behalten; haben

5) (eat, drink, etc.)

have breakfast/dinner/lunch — frühstücken/zu Abend/zu Mittag essen

6) (experience) haben [Spaß, Vergnügen]

7) (suffer) haben [Krankheit, Schmerz, Enttäuschung, Abenteuer]; (show) haben [Güte, Freundlichkeit, Frechheit]

8) (engage in)

have a game of football — Fußball spielen

9) (accept)

I won't have it — das lasse ich mir nicht bieten

10) (give birth to) bekommen

11) (coll.): (swindle)

I was had — ich bin [he]reingelegt worden (ugs.)

ever been had! — da bist du ganz schön reingefallen (ugs.)

12) (know)

I have it on good authority that... — ich weiß es aus zuverlässiger Quelle, dass...

13) (as guest)

have somebody to stay — jemanden zu Besuch haben

14) (summon)

he had me into his office — er hat mich in sein Büro beordert

15) (in coll. phrases)

you've had it now — (coll.) jetzt ist es aus (ugs.)

this car/dress has had it — (coll.) dieser Wagen/dieses Kleid hat ausgedient
2. auxiliary verb,
he has, had

1) forming past tenses

I have/I had read — ich habe/hatte gelesen

I have/I had gone — ich bin/war gegangen

having seen him — (because) weil ich ihn gesehen habe/hatte; (after) wenn ich ihn gesehen habe/nachdem ich ihn gesehen hatte

if I had known... — wenn ich gewusst hätte...

2) (cause to be)

have something made/repaired — etwas machen/reparieren lassen

have the painters in — die Maler haben

have somebody do something — jemanden etwas tun lassen

have a tooth extracted — sich (Dat.) einen Zahn ziehen lassen

3)

she had her purse stolen — man hat ihr das Portemonnaie gestohlen

4) (expr. obligation)

have to — müssen

I only have to do the washing-up — ich muss nur noch den Abwasch machen

I have only to see him to feel annoyed — ich brauche ihn nur zu sehen, und ich ärgere mich

he has to be guilty — er ist fraglos schuldig
3. noun
the haves and the have-nots — die Besitzenden und die Besitzlosen

Phrasal Verbs:

- academic.ru/33887/have_off">have off

- have on

- have out

* * *

(to have or keep (something) in case or until it is needed: If you go to America please keep some money in reserve for your fare home.) in Reserve halten

* * *

have

[hæv, həv]

I. AUXILIARY VERB

<has, had, had>

1. (forming past tenses)

he has never been to Scotland before er war noch nie zuvor in Schottland

we had been swimming wir waren schwimmen gewesen

I've heard that story before ich habe diese Geschichte schon einmal gehört

I wish I'd bought it ich wünschte, ich hätte es gekauft

\have we been invited? — yes we \have sind wir eingeladen worden? — ja, sind wir

I've passed my test — \have you? congratulations! ich habe den Test bestanden — oh, wirklich? herzlichen Glückwunsch!

they still hadn't had any news sie hatten immer noch keine Neuigkeiten

2. (experience)

she had her car stolen last week man hat ihr letzte Woche das Auto gestohlen

he had a window smashed es wurde ihm eine Scheibe eingeschlagen

3. (render)

▪ to \have sth done etw tun lassen

to \have one's hair cut/done/dyed sich dat die Haare schneiden/machen/färben lassen

4. (must)

▪ to \have [or \have got] to do sth etw tun müssen

what time \have we got to be there? wann müssen wir dort sein?

do I \have to? muss ich [das] wirklich?

5. ( form: if)

had I/she/he etc. done sth,... hätte ich/sie/er etc. etw getan,..., wenn ich/sie/er etc. etw getan hätte,...

if only I'd known this wenn ich das nur gewusst hätte

II. TRANSITIVE VERB

<has, had, had>

1. (possess)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth etw haben

he's got green eyes er hat grüne Augen; (own) etw haben [o besitzen]

I don't have [or haven't got] a car ich habe [o besitze] kein Auto

do you have a current driving licence? haben Sie einen gültigen Führerschein?

she has a degree in physics sie hat einen Hochschulabschluss in Physik

to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] the time (know the time) die Uhrzeit haben, wissen, wie spät [o wie viel Uhr] es ist; (have enough time) Zeit haben

\have you got the time? kannst du mir die Uhrzeit sagen?

will you \have time to finish the report today? reicht es Ihnen, den Bericht heute noch zu Ende zu schreiben?

2. (suffer from)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth illness, symptom etw haben

to \have cancer/polio Krebs/Polio haben, an Krebs/Polio erkrankt sein

to \have a cold erkältet sein, eine Erkältung haben

3. (feel)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth etw haben

at least she had the good sense to turn the gas off zumindest war sie so schlau, das Gas abzudrehen

he had the gall to tell me that I was fat! hat er doch die Frechheit besessen, mir zu sagen, ich sei dick!

to \have the decency to do sth die Anständigkeit besitzen, etw zu tun

to \have the honesty to do sth so ehrlich sein, etw zu tun

to \have patience/sympathy Geduld/Mitgefühl haben

I \haven't any sympathy for this troublemaker ich empfinde keinerlei Mitleid mit diesem Unruhestifter

4. (engage in)

to \have a bath/shower ein Bad/eine Dusche nehmen, baden/duschen

to \have a nap [or ( fam) snooze] ein Schläfchen [o fam Nickerchen] machen

to \have a party eine Party machen

to \have a swim schwimmen

to \have a talk with sb mit jdm sprechen; (argue) sich akk mit jdm aussprechen

to \have a try es versuchen

I'd like to \have a try ich würde es gern einmal probieren

to \have a walk spazieren gehen, einen Spaziergang machen

5. (consume)

▪ to \have sth etw zu sich dat nehmen

I'll \have the trout, please ich hätte gern die Forelle

I haven't had shrimps in ages! ich habe schon ewig keine Shrimps mehr gegessen!

\have a cigarette/some more coffee nimm doch eine Zigarette/noch etwas Kaffee

we're having sausages for lunch today zum Mittagessen gibt es heute Würstchen

to \have a cigarette eine Zigarette rauchen

to \have lunch/dinner zu Mittag/Abend essen

6. (experience)

we're having a wonderful time in Venice wir verbringen eine wundervolle Zeit in Venedig

we didn't \have any difficulty finding the house wir hatten keinerlei Schwierigkeiten, das Haus zu finden

we'll soon \have rain es wird bald regnen

let's not \have any trouble now! bloß kein Ärger jetzt!

to \have fun/luck Spaß/Glück haben

\have a nice day/evening! viel Spaß!; (to customers) einen schönen Tag noch!

7. (receive)

I've just had a letter from John ich habe gerade erst einen Brief von John erhalten

okay, let's \have it! okay, her [o rüber] damit! fam

to let sb \have sth back jdm etw zurückgeben

to \have news of sb Neuigkeiten von jdm erfahren

8. (receive persons)

my mother's having the children to stay die Kinder bleiben bei meiner Mutter

we had his hamster for weeks wir haben wochenlang für seinen Hamster gesorgt

they've got Ian's father staying with them Ians Vater ist bei ihnen zu Besuch

thanks for having us danke für Ihre Gastfreundschaft

to \have sb back (resume relationship) jdn wieder [bei sich dat] aufnehmen

they solved their problems, and she had him back sie haben ihre Probleme gelöst und sie ist wieder mit ihm zusammen

to \have sb to visit jdn zu [o auf] Besuch haben

to \have visitors Besuch haben

9. (feature)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth etw haben

the new model has xenon headlights das neue Modell ist mit Xenon-Scheinwerfern ausgestattet

10. (exhibit)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth etw haben [o aufweisen]

this wine has a soft, fruity flavour dieser Wein schmeckt weich und fruchtig

11. (comprise)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth etw haben

a week has 7 days eine Wochen hat [o geh zählt] 7 Tage

12. (have learned)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth etw haben

to \have [a little] French/German Grundkenntnisse in Französisch/Deutsch haben

13. (think)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth idea, plan, reason, suggestion etw haben

\have you reason to think he'll refuse? ( form) haben Sie Grund zur Annahme, dass er ablehnen wird?

14. (be obliged)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth to do etw tun müssen

you simply \have to see this film! diesen Film musst du dir unbedingt anschauen!

15. (give birth to)

to \have a child ein Kind bekommen

my mother was 18 when she had me meine Mutter war 18, als ich geboren wurde

to be having a baby (be pregnant) ein Baby bekommen, schwanger sein

16. (render)

to have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] the radio/TV on das Radio/den Fernseher anhaben fam

to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sth ready (finish) etw fertig haben; (to hand) etw bereit haben

17. (induce)

▪ to \have sb do sth jdn [dazu] veranlassen, etw zu tun

▪ to \have sb/sth doing sth jdn/etw dazu bringen, etw zu tun

the film soon had us crying der Film brachte uns schnell zum Weinen

Guy'll \have it working in no time Guy wird es im Handumdrehen zum Laufen bringen

18. (request)

▪ to \have sb do sth jdn [darum] bitten, etw zu tun

I'll \have the secretary run you off a copy for you ich werde von der Sekretärin eine Kopie für Sie anfertigen lassen

19. (find)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sb/sth jdn/etw [gefunden] haben

20. (place)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sb/sth somewhere jdn/etw irgendwo haben

she had her back to me sie lag/saß/stand mit dem Rücken zu mir

21. (hold)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sb/sth by sth:

she had the dog by the ears sie hielt den Hund fest an den Ohren

to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sb by the throat jdn bei [o an] der Kehle [o Gurgel] gepackt haben

22. (fam!: have sex with)

▪ to \have sb mit jdm Sex haben

how many men have you had? wie viele Männer hast du gehabt?

23. ( fam: deceive)

£80 for a CD? you've been had! 80 Pfund für eine CD? dich hat man ganz schön übern Tisch gezogen! fam

24. ( fam: confound)

▪ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS \have got] sb jdn in Verlegenheit bringen

the GNP of Greece? you \have me there das BSP von Griechenland? da hab ich nicht den leisesten Schimmer fam

25. esp AM ( fam: indulge)

▪ to \have oneself sth sich dat etw gönnen [o genehmen]

I think I'm going to have myself an ice cream Ich glaub', ich gönne mir ein Eis

don't worry about it anymore — just go and have yourself a nice little holiday mach dir mal keine Gedanken mehr darüber — genieße erstmal deinen Urlaub

26.

▶ to not \have any [of it] ( fam) nichts von etw dat wissen wollen

▶ to not \have sb/sth doing sth nicht erlauben [o zulassen], dass jd/etw etw tut

▶ to \have done with sth mit etw dat fertig sein

▶ to \have [got] it (find answer)

we \have it! wir haben es!

▶ to \have it that... (claim)

rumour has it that... es geht das Gerücht [um], dass...

▶ to have had it ( fam: be broken) hinüber sein fam, ausgedient haben; (be tired) fix und fertig sein fam; (be in serious trouble) dran fam [o sl geliefert] sein

if she finds out, you've had it! wenn sie es herausfindet, bist du dran [o ist der Ofen aus]! fam

▶ to have had it with sb/sth ( fam) von jdm/etw die Nase [gestrichen] voll haben fam, jdn/etw satthaben

I've had it with his childish behaviour! sein kindisches Benehmen steht mir bis hier oben!

▶ there's none to be had of sth etw ist nicht zu bekommen [o fam aufzutreiben]

there's no real Italian cheese to be had round here man bekommt hier nirgendwo echten italienischen Käse

▶ to not \have sth (not allow) etw nicht zulassen, [jdm] etw nicht abnehmen wollen

I won't \have it! kommt nicht infrage [o fam in die Tüte]!

I'm not having any squabbling in this house ich toleriere in diesem Haus keine Zankerei

I'm not having your behaviour spoil my party ich werde mir meine Feier durch dein Benehmen nicht verderben lassen

I wont have you insult my wife ich lasse es nicht zu, dass Sie meine Frau beleidigen

▶ to \have [or esp BRIT, AUS\have got] nothing on sb ( fam: be less able) gegen jdn nicht ankommen, mit jdm nicht mithalten können; (lack evidence) nichts gegen jdn in der Hand haben, keine Handhabe gegen jdn haben

he's a good player, but he's got nothing on his brother er spielt gut, aber seinem Bruder kann er noch lange nicht das Wasser reichen

▶ and what \have you ( fam) und wer weiß was noch fam

III. NOUN

( fam)

▪ the \haves pl die gut Betuchten fam, die Reichen

the \haves and the \have-nots die Besitzenden und die Besitzlosen

* * *
[hv] pret, ptp had, 3rd pers sing present has When have is part of a set combination, eg have a look, have a dream, have a good time, look up the noun.
1. AUXILIARY VERB

1) habenThe verb haben is the auxiliary used with most verbs to form past tenses in German. For important exceptions see (b).

to have seen/heard/eaten — gesehen/gehört/gegessen haben

I have/had seen — ich habe/hatte gesehen

I have not/had not or I haven't/I hadn't seen him — ich habe/hatte ihn nicht gesehen

had I seen him, if I had seen him — hätte ich ihn gesehen, wenn ich ihn gesehen hätte

having said that he left — nachdem or als er das gesagt hatte, ging er Note the tenses used in the following:

I have lived or have been living here for 10 years/since January — ich wohne or lebe schon 10 Jahre/seit Januar hier

2) seinThe verb sein is used with verbs of motion, eg. gehen, fahren, or verbs implying development, eg. wachsen, and to form past tenses.

to have gone/run — gegangen/gelaufen sein

you HAVE grown! — du bist aber gewachsen!

to have been — gewesen sein

I have been to London — ich bin in London gewesen

I have been against this for years — ich bin schon seit Jahren dagegen

3)

in tag questions etc you've seen her, haven't you? — du hast sie gesehen, oder nicht?

you haven't seen her, have you? — du hast sie nicht gesehen, oder?

you haven't seen her – yes, I have — du hast sie nicht gesehen – doch or wohl (inf)

you've made a mistake – no, I haven't — du hast einen Fehler gemacht – nein(, hab ich nicht)

you've dropped your book – so I have — dir ist dein Buch hingefallen – stimmt or tatsächlich

have you been there? if you have/haven't... — sind Sie schon mal da gewesen? wenn ja/nein or nicht,...

I have seen a ghost – have you? — ich habe ein Gespenst gesehen – wahrhaftig or tatsächlich?

I've lost it – you haven't! (disbelieving) — ich habe es verloren – nein!

2. MODAL AUXILIARY VERB
__diams; to have to do sth (= to be obliged) etw tun müssen
I have (got esp Brit) to do it — ich muss es tun or machen

do you have to go now? — müssen Sie jetzt (wirklich) unbedingt gehen?

do you have to make such a noise? — müssen Sie (unbedingt) so viel Lärm machen?

she was having to get up at 6 o'clock each morning — sie musste jeden Morgen um 6 Uhr aufstehen

we've had to go and see her twice this week — wir mussten diese Woche schon zweimal zu ihr (hin)

the letter will have to be written tomorrow — der Brief muss morgen unbedingt geschrieben werden

I'm afraid it has to be — das muss leider sein

it's got to be or it has to be the biggest scandal this year — das ist todsicher der (größte) Skandal des Jahres

I don't have to do it — ich muss es nicht tun, ich brauche es nicht zu tun

you didn't have to tell her — das mussten Sie ihr nicht unbedingt sagen, das hätten Sie ihr nicht unbedingt sagen müssen or brauchen

he doesn't have to work — er braucht nicht zu arbeiten, er muss nicht arbeiten

3. TRANSITIVE VERB

1) = possess haben

have you (got esp Brit) or do you have a car? — hast du ein Auto?

I haven't (got esp Brit) or I don't have a pen —

to have something/nothing to do — etwas/nichts zu tun haben

I have (got esp Brit) work/a translation to do — ich habe zu arbeiten/eine Übersetzung zu erledigen

I must have more time —

have you (got esp Brit) or do you have a cigarette? — hast du (mal) eine Zigarette?

I don't have any German (Brit) —

she has (got esp Brit) blue eyes — sie hat blaue Augen

I have it! — ich habs!

what time do you have? (US) — wie viel Uhr hast du? (inf), wie spät hast du es?

2) = receive, obtain, get haben

to have news from sb — von jdm hören

I have it on good authority that... — ich habe aus zuverlässiger Quelle gehört or erfahren, dass...

I must have something to eat — ich brauche etwas zu essen, ich muss dringend etwas zu essen haben

there are no newspapers to be had —

it's nowhere to be had — es ist nirgends zu haben or kriegen (inf)

there are some great bargains to be had in the shops — in den Geschäften gibt es tolle Angebote

I'll have the bed in this room — das Bett möchte or werde ich in dieses Zimmer stellen

thanks for having me — vielen Dank für Ihre Gastfreundschaft __diams; to let sb have sth

please let me have your address I'll let you have it for £50 — geben Sie mir bitte Ihre Adresse ich gebe es dir für £ 50

3)

= eat, drink, take to have breakfast — frühstücken

to have lunch/dinner — zu Mittag/Abend essen

to have tea with sb — mit jdm (zusammen) Tee trinken

will you have tea or coffee? — möchten Sie lieber Tee oder Kaffee?

will you have a drink/cigarette? — möchten Sie etwas zu trinken/eine Zigarette?

what will you have? – I'll have the steak — was möchten or hätten Sie gern(e)? – ich hätte or möchte gern das Steak

he had a cigarette/drink/steak —

will you have some more? — möchten Sie or hätten Sie gern(e) (noch etwas) mehr?

have another one — nimm noch eine/einen/eines; (drink) trink noch einen; (cigarette) rauch noch eine

4) = catch, hold (gepackt) haben

me by the throat/the hair — er hatte or hielt mich am Hals/bei den Haaren gepackt

him where I want him —

the champion had him now — der Meister hatte ihn jetzt fest im Griff or in der Tasche (inf)

I'll have you (inf) — dich krieg ich (beim Kragen)

you have me there — da bin ich überfragt

5)

= suffer from he has diabetes — er ist zuckerkrank, er hat Zucker (inf)

to have a heart attack — einen Herzinfarkt bekommen

a headache — ich habe Kopfschmerzen

6)

= experience to have a pleasant evening — einen netten Abend verbringen

to have a good time — Spaß haben, sich amüsieren

have a good time! — viel Spaß!

7) = hold, organize party geben, machen; meeting abhalten

are you having a reception? — gibt es einen Empfang?

we decided not to have a reception — wir haben uns gegen einen Empfang entschieden

8)

= go for to have a walk — einen Spaziergang machen, spazieren gehen

to have a swim — schwimmen gehen

9)

= give birth to to have a child or baby —

she is having a baby in April she had twins — sie bekommt or kriegt (inf) im April ein Kind sie hat Zwillinge bekommen or geboren or gekriegt (inf)

our cat has had kittens — unsere Katze hat Junge gekriegt (inf) or bekommen

10)

= cause to be I had him in such a state that... — er war in einer solchen Verfassung, dass...

he had the audience in hysterics — das Publikum kugelte sich vor Lachen

he had the police baffled —

she nearly had the table over (Brit) — sie hätte den Tisch beinahe umgekippt or zum Umkippen gebracht

11)

= maintain, insist as he has it, Paul is guilty — er besteht darauf, dass Paul schuldig ist

as he had it, Paul isn't guilty — er wollte nichts davon hören, dass Paul schuldig ist

has it —

as the Bible/Shakespeare has it — wie es in der Bibel/bei Shakespeare steht

12)

= refuse to allow in negative sentences I won't have this nonsense — dieser Unsinn kommt (mir) nicht infrage or in Frage!

I won't have this sort of rudeness! —

I won't have it! — das lasse ich mir nicht bieten!

I won't have him insulted —

I won't have him insult his mother — ich lasse es nicht zu, dass er seine Mutter beleidigt

we won't have women in our club — in unserem Klub sind Frauen nicht zugelassen

I'm not having any of that! (inf) — mit mir nicht! (inf)

but she wasn't having any (inf) — aber sie wollte nichts davon wissen

13) = wish mögen

which one will you have? —

as fate would have it,... — wie es das Schicksal so wollte,...

what would you have me do? — was wollen Sie, dass ich mache?

14) set structures __diams; to have sth done = request, order etw tun lassen

to have one's hair cut — sich (dat) die Haare schneiden lassen

to have a suit made — sich (dat) einen Anzug machen lassen

I had my cases brought up — ich habe (mir) meine Koffer nach oben bringen lassen

have it mended — geben Sie es in Reparatur, lassen Sie es reparieren

they had him shot — sie ließen ihn erschießen

he had his car stolen — man hat ihm sein Auto gestohlen

he had his arm broken — er hat/hatte einen gebrochenen Arm

I've had three windows broken — (bei) mir sind drei Fenster eingeworfen worden __diams; to have sb do sth = make them do

I had him wash the car — ich ließ ihn den Wagen waschen

I'll have you know... — Sie müssen nämlich wissen...

I had my friends turn against me — ich musste es erleben, wie or dass sich meine Freunde gegen mich wandten

she had us all helping with the dinner — nach ihrer Ermunterung halfen wir alle mit dem Abendessen

she soon had them all reading and writing — dank ihres Engagements konnten alle schon bald lesen und schreiben __diams; to have had it

he has had it with politics — er hat von der Politik die Nase voll (inf)

that coat has had it — der Mantel ist im Eimer (inf)

if I miss the last bus, I've had it — wenn ich den letzten Bus verpasse, bin ich geliefert (inf) or ist der Ofen aus (inf) __diams; let him have it! (inf) gibs ihm! (inf) __diams; have it your own way machen Sie es or halten Sie es, wie Sie wollen __diams; to be had ( inf

you've been had! — da hat man dich übers Ohr gehauen (inf)

* * *

have [hæv; unbetont həv, əv]

A s

1. the haves and the have-nots die Begüterten und die Habenichtse, die Reichen und die Armen

2. Br umg Trick m

B v/t prät und pperf had [hæd], 2. sg präs obs hast [hæst], 3. sg präs has [hæz], obs hath [hæθ], 2. sg prät obs hadst [hædst]

1. allg haben, besitzen:

he has a house (a friend, a good memory);

we can’t have everything man kann nicht alles haben;

you have my word for it ich gebe Ihnen mein Wort darauf;

I had the whole road to myself ich hatte die ganze Straße für mich allein;

I wouldn’t have it if you gave it to me das nähme ich nicht (mal) geschenkt; → get B 10 a

2. haben, erleben:

we had a fine time wir hatten viel Spaß, wir hatten es schön

3. a) ein Kind bekommen

b) ZOOL Junge werfen

4. behalten:

can I have it?; → honor B 2

5. Gefühle, einen Verdacht etc haben, hegen

6. Nachrichten etc erhalten, bekommen ( beide:

from von):

(not) to be had (nicht) zu haben, (nicht) erhältlich

7. (erfahren) haben:

I have it from reliable sources ich habe es aus verlässlicher Quelle (erfahren);

I have it from my friend ich habe oder weiß es von meinem Freund

8. Speisen etc zu sich nehmen, einnehmen, essen oder trinken etc:

I had a glass of sherry ich trank ein Glas Sherry;

have another sandwich nehmen Sie noch ein Sandwich!;

what will you have? was nehmen Sie?;

have a cigar eine Zigarre rauchen; → breakfast A, dinner 1, etc

9. haben, ausführen, (mit)machen:

have a discussion eine Diskussion haben oder abhalten; → look A 1, try A 1, walk A 3, wash A 1

10. können, beherrschen:

she has no French sie kann nicht oder kein Französisch;

have sth by heart etwas auswendig können

11. (be)sagen, behaupten:

he will have it that … er behauptet steif und fest, dass …;

astrology has it that Taureons are … der Astrologie zufolge sind Stiere …; → rumor A 1

12. sagen, ausdrücken:

as Byron has it wie Byron sagt

13. umg erwischt haben:

he had me there da hatte er mich (an meiner schwachen Stelle) erwischt, da war ich überfragt

14. Br umg jemanden reinlegen:

you have been had man hat dich reingelegt oder übers Ohr gehauen

15. haben, dulden:

I will not ( oder won’t) have it ich dulde es nicht, ich will es nicht (haben);

I won’t have it mentioned ich will nicht, dass es erwähnt wird;

he wasn’t having any umg er ließ sich auf nichts ein;

thank you for having us bes Br vielen Dank für die schöne Zeit bei Ihnen; → none Bes Redew

16. haben, erleiden:

they had broken bones sie erlitten Knochenbrüche;

he had a shock er bekam einen Schock

17. (vor inf) müssen:

I have to go now;

he will have to do it er wird es tun müssen;

we have to obey wir haben zu oder müssen gehorchen;

it has to be done es muss getan werden; → get B 10 b

18. (mit Objekt und pperf) lassen:

I had a suit made ich ließ mir einen Anzug machen;

they had him shot sie ließen ihn erschießen

19. mit Objekt und pperf zum Ausdruck des Passivs:

he had a son born to him ihm wurde ein Sohn geboren;

I’ve had some money stolen mir ist Geld gestohlen worden

20. (mit Objekt und inf) (veran)lassen:

have them come here at once lass sie sofort hierherkommen;

I had him sit down ich ließ ihn Platz nehmen

21. (mit Objekt und inf) es erleben, dass:

I had all my friends turn against me ich erlebte es oder ich musste es erleben, dass sich alle meine Freunde gegen mich wandten

22. ( nach will oder would mit akk und inf):

I would have you to know it ich möchte, dass Sie es wissen

23. würde, täte ( mit as well, rather, better, best etc):

I had rather go than stay ich möchte lieber gehen als bleiben;

you had best go du tätest am besten daran, zu gehen;

he better had das wäre das Beste(, was er tun könnte)

C v/i

1. obs eilen:

have after sb jemandem nacheilen

2. have at obs zu Leibe rücken (dat), sich hermachen über (akk)

3. they had until July 3 sie hatten bis zum 3. Juli Zeit

4. I have to ich muss;

do you have to? muss das sein?

D v/aux

1. haben:

I have seen ich habe gesehen

2. sein:

I have been ich bin gewesen Besondere Redewendungen: have and hold JUR US innehaben, besitzen;

I have it! ich habs! (ich habe die Lösung gefunden);

he has had it umg

a) er ist reingefallen,

b) er hat sein Fett (seine Strafe) weg,

c) er ist erledigt (auch tot) my car has had it umg mein Wagen ist im Eimer;

let sb have it es jemandem (tüchtig) geben oder besorgen, jemanden fertigmachen umg;

I didn’t know he had it in him ich wusste gar nicht, dass er dazu fähig ist oder dass er das Zeug dazu hat;

I have nothing against him personally ich habe nichts gegen ihn persönlich;

have nothing on sb umg

a) jemandem in keiner Weise überlegen sein,

b) nichts gegen jemanden in der Hand haben, jemandem nichts anhaben können have it (all) over sb umg jemandem (haushoch) überlegen sein;

he has it over me that … umg er ist mir insofern voraus, als …;

have what it takes das Zeug dazu haben; → do¹ B 9

* * *
1. transitive verb,
pres. he has, p.t. & p.p. had

1) (possess) haben

I have it! — ich hab's[!]

and what have you — (coll.) und so weiter

2) (obtain) bekommen

let's not have any... — lass uns... vermeiden

come on, let's have it! — (coll.) rück schon raus damit! (ugs.)

3) (take) nehmen

4) (keep) behalten; haben

5) (eat, drink, etc.)

have breakfast/dinner/lunch — frühstücken/zu Abend/zu Mittag essen

6) (experience) haben [Spaß, Vergnügen]

7) (suffer) haben [Krankheit, Schmerz, Enttäuschung, Abenteuer]; (show) haben [Güte, Freundlichkeit, Frechheit]

8) (engage in)

have a game of football — Fußball spielen

9) (accept)

I won't have it — das lasse ich mir nicht bieten

10) (give birth to) bekommen

11) (coll.): (swindle)

I was had — ich bin [he]reingelegt worden (ugs.)

ever been had! — da bist du ganz schön reingefallen (ugs.)

12) (know)

I have it on good authority that... — ich weiß es aus zuverlässiger Quelle, dass...

13) (as guest)

have somebody to stay — jemanden zu Besuch haben

14) (summon)

he had me into his office — er hat mich in sein Büro beordert

15) (in coll. phrases)

you've had it now — (coll.) jetzt ist es aus (ugs.)

this car/dress has had it — (coll.) dieser Wagen/dieses Kleid hat ausgedient
2. auxiliary verb,
he has, had

1) forming past tenses

I have/I had read — ich habe/hatte gelesen

I have/I had gone — ich bin/war gegangen

having seen him — (because) weil ich ihn gesehen habe/hatte; (after) wenn ich ihn gesehen habe/nachdem ich ihn gesehen hatte

if I had known... — wenn ich gewusst hätte...

2) (cause to be)

have something made/repaired — etwas machen/reparieren lassen

have the painters in — die Maler haben

have somebody do something — jemanden etwas tun lassen

have a tooth extracted — sich (Dat.) einen Zahn ziehen lassen

3)

she had her purse stolen — man hat ihr das Portemonnaie gestohlen

4) (expr. obligation)

have to — müssen

I only have to do the washing-up — ich muss nur noch den Abwasch machen

I have only to see him to feel annoyed — ich brauche ihn nur zu sehen, und ich ärgere mich

he has to be guilty — er ist fraglos schuldig
3. noun
the haves and the have-nots — die Besitzenden und die Besitzlosen

Phrasal Verbs:

- have off

- have on

- have out

* * *

(a) temperature expr.

fiebern v. (take) pity on someone expr.

mit jemandem Mitleid haben ausdr. (to possess) v.

besitzen v. v.

(§ p.,p.p.: had)

= bekommen v.

haben v.

(§ p.,pp.: hatte, gehabt)

English-german dictionary > have
19 UM

of

* * *

older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.

I. with acc.

1) around (slá hring um e-n);

2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;

3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;

4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;

5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;

6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;

7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);

8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;

9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);

10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;

11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);

12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);

13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;

14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;

15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;

16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;

II. with dat.

1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;

2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.

* * *

umb, of, prep. (sounded umm); umb is used in the oldest vellums (the Eluc., Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and then in later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from being a transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, tr umbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse of A. D. 1184); for of see ‘of’ at p. 462, col. 2: [A. S. ymbe; Germ. um; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]

WITH ACC.

A. Around; silki-hlað um höfuð, Ld. 188; um höfuð henni, 36; hafa um sik belti, Nj. 91, 184; um herðar sér, Ld. 56; leggja linda umb kistu, leggja lindann umb enn vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337; gyrða um sik, Sks.; beta strengi um ásenda … festa endana um steina, Nj. 115; vefjask um fótinn, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herðarnar, Eg. 580; göra garð of engi, Grág. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjóta um hann skjaldborg, Nj. 274; slá hring um e-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara í hring um skipit, Ld. 56; taka um hönd e-m, Ó. H. 176; þar var poki um útan, Ld. 188; honum vefsk tunga um höfuð, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um tönn (see tönn) … strjúka dúki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 114 (in a verse); sjó, er fellr um heim allan, Róm. 193: Aðils jarl féll ok mart manna um hann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sín, Fms. xi. 63; hafa um sik ( about oneself) fjölmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gört um einn ás, Ld. 280.

II. about, all over, denoting the surface; manna-ferð um héraðit, Ld. 257; fylgja þeim um einn skóg, Karl. 348; hann hafði goðorð suðr um Nesin, Ísl. ii. 207; herja um Skotland, Írland, Fms. i. 23; næfrum var þakt um ræfrit, Eg. 90; dæma för úmögum um þat þing, Grág. i. 127; flýja hingað ok þangat um eyjarnar, Fms. vii. 43; um allar sveitir, all over the country, Boll. 362; kunnigt er mér um allt Ísland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alla Svíþjóð, Ó. H. 17; um allt ríki sitt, Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about the midland, Fms. i. 26; um miðjan skóginn er smáviði, Eg. 580; sjá um alla veröld, Ó. H. 202; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off, Stj. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um lög, Hkv. 1. 21; fátt kom um lengra, farther off, Fb. ii. 303; hárit féll um hana alla, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244; hárit hékk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518: mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200; þykkr um bóga, þeim manni er beit á of garðinn, Grág. ii. 286; skalat hann verja um bóstað hans, 222; kveðja um þann vetvang, 106; kveðja búa heiman um þann stað, i. 130, 355: liggja um strengi, Ld. 76; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351.

2. of proportion; margir vóru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156; þar vóru fjórir of einn ( four to one) mót Hákoni, Fms. x. 382; eigi minni liðs-munr, en sex mundi vera um Hákonar mann einn, i. 43; um einn hest vóru tveir menn, two men to each horse, vii. 295; sex menn sé um sáld, Grág. ii. 402: Hrafn var mjök einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit hefi ek mitt of leiti? Gs. 16.

III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), with verbs denoting motion; fara … suðr um Stað, Eg. 12; norðr um Stað, Fms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281; er þeir kómu fram um Bjarkey, Ó. H. 137; norðr um Jaðar, 182; austan um Foldina, Eg. 81; út um Eldey, Eb. 108; austr um búðina, Nj. 231; ríða um þá þrjá bæi, Grág. i. 432; hann hljóp um þá, ok í fjall upp, passed them by, Landn. 89; sigla svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship, Fms. x. 346; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat. quod petis hic est); vaða jörð upp um klaufir, Ld. 336; fram um stafn, Landn. 29; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266; honum var úhægt at höggva um bríkina, Sturl. iii. 219; ríða um tún, to pass by a place, Ísl. ii. 252; neðan um sáðlandit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grág. ii. 277; fara um góð héruð, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga um stræti, by the road, Korm. 228; róa út um sund, Eg. 385; kominn um langan veg, 410; þeim dropum er renna um þekjuna, Fms. i. 263.

2. over, across, along; sá er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i. 305; skyldi ganga um gólf at minnum öllum, to cross the flood, Eg. 253; but also to walk up and down the floor, 247; bera öl um eld, to bear the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442; slá um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; sigla vestr um haf, Fms. i. 22; ríða vestr um ár, austr um ár, Nj. 10, 99; suðr um sæ, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um haf, Nj. 128; austan um Kjöl, Ó. H.; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; suðr um fjall, Eg. 476; um þvera stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um þvera búð, Grág. i. 24; um þvert nesit, Fms. xi. 65; um öxl, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um kné sér, across the knee, Eg. 304: the phrase, mér er e-ð um hönd, difficult to lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hægt um hönd, giving little trouble, easy to lay hand on; ykkr er þat hægst um hönd, easiest for you, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni at vera, Núm.; kastaði (the mail) um söðul sinn, across the saddle, Grett. 93 A.

IV. with adverbs denoting direction, upp um, út um, niðr um, ofan um, inn um, fram um, with acc. or ellipt.; sær féll út ok inn of nökkvann, Edda 36; loginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; hann var kominn upp um ský, Fms. i. 137; út um bringuna, Ld. 150; hann gékk út of Miðgarð, Edda 35; ganga út um dyrr, Eg. 420; fara út um glugg, Fms. ix. 3; út um glugginn, Ld. 278; láta sér um munn fara, to pass out of the mouth, Háv. 51; ferr orð er um munn líðr, Sturl. i. 207.

B. Temp. during, in the course of, cp. Engl. that spring, that summer; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um þingit, Eg. 765; um sex ár, Stj.; um vetrinn, Eg. 168; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93; um sumarit, Nj. 4; um várit, Eg. 42; um nótt, Grág. i. 115; þat var um nótt, by night, Ld. 152; hann mátti eigi sofa um nætr, Nj. 210; sofa um nóttina, 7; vera þar um nóttina, 252; lengra enn fara megi um dag, in the course of one day, Grág. i. 89; um daginn, for the rest of the day, Ld. 42; um morna, Landn. (in a verse), Ó. H. 44; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed.; um allar aldir, Edda; um alla daga, all day long, Skm. 4; um alla sína daga, all his days, Hom. 114; allt um hans æfi, Eg. 268; um aldr, for ever, passim; um tíma, for a while, Mar.; um hríð, um stund, for a while, see stund, hríð; um … sakar, a while, see sök (A. III. 2); um samt, altogether, Sks. 113 B.

2. above, beyond; standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; um hálfan mánuð, Fms. ix. 526, v. l.; um viku, above a week.

3. at a point of time, at; hann kom at höllinni um drykkju, Nj. 269; of matmál, at meal time, Grág. i. 261; um dagmál, um náttmál, einnhvern dag um þingit, Ld. 290; eitt hvert sinn um haustið, Nj. 26; þat var of vár, Fms. x. 389; um várit urðu mikil tíðendi, 2; þeir höfðu verit á sundi um daginn, Ld. 130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um þat, when; um þat er þrír vetr eru liðnir, Ld. 146; um þat þessir eru bættir, Eg. 426; um þat lýkr, when the end is there, in the end, Fas. ii. 361; ef ek kom eigi aptr um þat, then, at that time, Fms. ii. 58; um þat er vér erum allir at velli lagðir, Eg. 426; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530; um síðir, at last, see síð (II); um leið, at the same time; hér um bil, about so and so; um allt, of allt, always; Kristinn dóin má um allt sækja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154; nokkrum sinnum, ok hefir mér ofallt íllt þótt, Fms. v. 205 (see ávallt, p. 47, col. 2).

C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda vörð á um e-t, Eg. ch. 27; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Glúm. 342, Kormak; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, Ó. H. 215; bera um e-t, dæma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100; tala um e-t, to speak of, 40; þræta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um e-t, to speer or ask about, 110; göra, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378; halda njósn um e-t, Eg. 72; nefna, búa um mál, Nj. 86; um alla ráða-görð, 101; stefna e-m um e-t, Grág. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87; vera til eptir-máls um e-t, passim; frækinn um allt, in everything, 89; bera gæfu til um e-t, Eg. 76; kappsamr of allt, þeir hyggja þat lög um þat mál, Grág. i. 9; eitt ráð myndi honum um þat sýnask, Nj. 79; kunna hóf at um ágirni sína, Ó. H. 131; þat er um þat átan, er …, N. G. L. i. 19; þau tíðendi er görzk höfðu um ferðir Egils ok stórvirki, Eg. 686; stór úfarar görask of menn þessa, Fms. xi. 151; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaðisk of svörin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburði slíka, Nj. 119; þá var hvíld á um bardagann, 248; hann telzk undan um förina, Fms. xi. 69; ruðning um kviðinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grág.; binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206: gróa um heilt, to become sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; leita e-s í um mein hennar, Eg. 565; veita tilkall um arf, Eg.; leita um sættir, grið, Nj. 92; selja laun um liðveizlu, 214: in inscriptions of chapters, um so and so, = Lat. de; um viðrtal Njáls ok Skarphéðins, um misfanga ok um mark, um bæjar bruna, Nj., Grág., Fms.; göra mikit um sik, to make a great fuss, Fb. i. 545; görði mikit um sik ok var sjálfhælinn, Grett. 133 A: vera vel um sik ( of good quality) ok vinsæll, Fms. xi. 118; mey er ok vissa vænsta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hón væri í engum hlut verri um sik, Hkr. ii. 129; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102; auga blátt ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7; hvárr um sik, each for himself, one by one, Dipl. ii. 11; vér staðfestum þessa articulos hvern um sik ok sér hverja, 13; þykki mér þat undarligt um svá vitran mann, of a man so wise, Eg. 20; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities, Rb. 364; þat mátti vera um röskvan mann, Fms. vii. 227.

2. ganga um sýslur manna, to go about or upon men’s business, as an overseer. Eg. 2; ganga um beina, to attend, see beini.

3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like, dislike; Guðrúnu var lítið um þat … lítið ætla ek þeim um þat bræðrum, at …, Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81; var honum ekki um Norðmenn, Hkr. i. 128; Þórði kvaðsk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42; er þér nökkut um ( hast thou any objection?), at vér rannsakim þik ok hús þin, Gísl. 53; sá er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms, ix. 36; ef þór er mikit um ráða-hug við mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi. 4.

4. búa um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; búa um nægtir, grun, skoll, búa um heilt, see búa (A. II); búa um hvílu, to make a bed; búa um okkr, Nj. 201 (see búa B. I. 2. γ); setjask um kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest, Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um kyrt.

II. because of, for, Lat. ob; öfunda e-n um e-t ( invidere a-i a-d), Nj. 168; reiðask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá, Bs. i. 22; telja á e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52; berja e-n íllyrðum um slikt, 64; lágu margir á hálsi honum þat, Fms. xi. 336; týna aldri um óra sök, Skv. 3. 49; verða útlagr um e-t, to be fined for a transgression, Grág. i. 16; dæmdr fjörbaugs-maðr um spellvirki, 129; maðr vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [ violating] his wife, 61; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19.

III. beyond, above; fimm hundruð gólfa ok um ( plus) fjórum togum, Gm. 24; kistan var eigi um vættar höfga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, Karl. 351; lítið um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183; hann var ekki um tvítugan, Róm. 327; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be one beyond thirty, i. e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa tvo um þrítugt ( thirty-two), átta um fertugt ( forty-eight), tvo um fimtugt ( fifty-two), einn um áttrætt ( eighty-one); sá dagr, sem um vikur fullar er í árinu, Rb. 128: at yðr verði þat ekki um afl, beyond your strength, more than one can do, Band. 21 new Ed.; um megn, id., Fms. viii. 62; þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn, vi. 18; kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; þótti mörgum þetta um of, Vígl. 18: um fram (q. v.), beyond; um alla menn fram, above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343; um alla hluti fram, above all things; um þat fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks.: um hug; vera e-t um hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss, Nj. 24.

IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um, snúa um, venda um, see skipta III and snúa A. III.

V. over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over; hverr féll um annan, of heaps of slain. Eg. 24; fÉll bóandinn um hann, Nj. 96; detta um stein, þúfu, to stumble over a stone, mound; glotta um tönn, see tönn.

VI. by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats, Fb. i. 417; hefja upp of faðm saman, by a fathom, Grág. ii. 336; minka um helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rétt. 114.

VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing; þeir sögðu honum hvat um var at vera, what it was about, Hrafn. 18; sem engi ótti væri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57; eiga ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gísl. 30; eiga vandræði, fjölskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78; hann segir honum um hvat vera er, what was the matter? Gísl. 36; þann sagði þvílíkt er hann hafði um at vera, Krok.; var fátt um með þeim, they were on cold terms, Nj. 2; var þá ekki lítið um, there was no little fuss about it, Bárð. 174; mikit er um þá maðrinn býr, mart hefir hann að hugsa, a ditty.

VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56; þykkir honum vænkask um, Fms. xi. 135; þann mála-búnað at hann verðr sekr um, Nj. 88; ef satt skal um tala, 105; mér hefir tvennt um sýnzk, 3; menn ræddu um at vánt væri skip hans, 282; hér má ek vel svara þér um, 33; hann brá dúki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er þá djöfullinn um (about, lurking) at svíkja þann mann, Hom. 159; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64; ekki er við menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils), Nj. 97.

IX. with adverbs; í hring útan um, all round, Eg. 486; gékk um Veðrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775; ríða um, to ride by, Eg. 748; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23; er konungr færi norðan ok suðr um, Eg. 53; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótið var langt um úfært, quite impassable, Nj. 63, 144; þessi veðr eru langt um úfær, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. það er langt um betra, by far better; kring-um, all around, see A.V.

2. um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku er um var liðin, in the past week, Ísl. ii. 332.

WITH DAT.

A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets, sitja um matborði (of Hkr. iii. 109) = sitja yfir matborði, Fms. viii. 51; um verði, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of (= yfir) skörðum hlut, Ó. H. 150; sá er tvá húskarla á, ok um sjálfum sér, two house-carles besides himself, Grág. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafðak veldi of héruðum þessum, Clem. 35; hár söngr of svírum, Hornklofi; nema þér syngi um höfði, Hkv. 2; sitja um sínum ver, Vsp.; er ek sat soltin um Sigurði, Gkv. 2. 11; opin-spjallr um e-u, … þagmælskr um þjóðlygi (dat.), Ad. 1; um styrkum ættar stuðli, 12; ægis-hjálm bar ek um alda sonum, meðan ek um menjum lák, Fm. 16; gól um hánum, Vsp.; úlfr þaut um hræfi, Ó. H. (in a verse); see ‘of,’ prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.

B. Of time, by; um dögum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48; um nóttum, by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bæði um haustum ok várum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B; um sumrum, Fms. vi. 255; um sumrum herjuðu þeir í Noreg, Eb. 3; þakt með ísum um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um vetnim, Eg. 4; þeir liggja úti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru þeir heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > UM
20 on

[ɒn, Am ɑ:n] prep

1) ( on top of) auf +dat with verbs of motion auf +akk;

there are many books \on my desk auf meinem Tisch sind viele Bücher;

he had to walk out \on the roof er musste auf das Dach raus;

to get \on a horse auf ein Pferd aufsteigen [o aufsitzen];

\on top of sth [ganz] oben auf etw dat;

look at that cat \on the chair! schau dir die Katze auf dem Stuhl an!

2) ( from) auf +dat with verbs of motion auf +akk;

she hung their washing \on the line to dry sie hängte ihre Wäsche zum Trocknen auf die Leine;

several bird houses hung \on the branches an den Ästen hingen mehrere Nistkästen;

to hang a picture \on the wall ein Bild an die Wand hängen;

a huge chandelier hung \on the ceiling ein großer Kronenleuchter hing von der Decke

3) ( clothing) an +dat;

with shoes \on your feet mit Schuhen an deinen Füßen;

the wedding ring \on the ring finger der Hochzeitsring am Ringfinger

4) ( in area of) an +dat, auf +dat;

our house is \on Sturton Street unser Haus ist in der Sturton Street;

\on the hill/ mountain auf dem Hügel/Berg;

they lay \on the beach sie lagen am Strand;

the town is \on the island die Stadt ist auf der Insel;

her new house is \on the river ihr neues Haus liegt am Fluss;

\on her estate auf ihrem Gut;

on the border an der Grenze;

\on the corner an der Ecke;

they waited for their train \on platform three sie warteten auf Bahnsteig drei auf ihren Zug;

\on track two an Gleis zwei;

our house is the first \on the left unser Haus ist das erste auf der linken Seite;

\on the balcony auf dem Balkon

5) ( hurt by) an +dat;

I hit my head \on the shelf ich stieß mir den Kopf am Regal an;

she tripped \on the wire sie blieb an dem Kabel hängen;

he cut his foot \on some glass er schnitt sich den Fuß an Glas auf

6) ( supported by) auf +dat;

to stand \on one's head auf dem Kopf stehen;

he was lying \on his back er lag auf seinem Rücken

7) ( in possession of) bei +dat;

to have sth \on one etw bei sich dat haben;

have you got a spare cigarette \on you? hast du noch eine Zigarette für mich?;

I thought I had my driver's licence \on me ich dachte, ich hätte meinen Führerschein dabei

8) ( marking surface of) auf +dat;

how did you get that blood \on your shirt? wie kommt das Blut auf Ihr Hemd?;

a scratch \on her arm ein Kratzer an ihrem Arm;

a smile \on her face ein Lächeln in ihrem Gesicht

9) ( about) über +akk;

a debate \on the crisis eine Debatte über die Krise;

to comment \on the allegations Vorwürfe kommentieren;

he advised her \on her taxes er gab ihr Ratschläge für ihre Steuern;

I'll say more \on that subject later ich werde später mehr dazu sagen after pron

to have something/anything \on sb etw gegen jdn in der Hand haben;

do the police have anything \on you? hat die Polizei etwas Belastendes gegen dich in der Hand? after n

a documentary \on volcanoes ein Dokumentarfilm über Vulkane;

he needs some advice \on how to dress er braucht ein paar Tipps, wie er sich anziehen soll;

essays \on a wide range of issues Aufsätze zu einer Vielzahl von Themen

10) ( based on) auf +akk... hin;

he reacted \on a hunch er reagierte auf ein Ahnung hin;

he swore \on his word er gab ihr sein Wort;

\on account of sb/ sth wegen jdm/etw;

they cancelled all flights \on account of the weather sie sagten alle Flüge wegen dem Wetter ab;

\on purpose mit Absicht, absichtlich;

dependent/reliant \on sb/ sth abhängig von jdm/etw;

to be based \on sth auf etw dat basieren;

to rely/depend \on sb sich akk auf jdn verlassen;

he quit his job \on the principle that he did not want to work for an oil company er kündigte seine Stelle, weil er nicht für eine Ölgesellschaft arbeiten wollte;

to be based \on the ideas of freedom and equality auf den Ideen von Freiheit und Gleichheit basieren

11) ( as member of) in +dat;

have you ever served \on a jury? warst du schon einmal Mitglied in einer Jury?;

how many people are \on your staff? wie viele Mitarbeiter haben Sie?;

whose side are you \on in this argument? auf welcher Seite stehst du in diesem Streit?;

a writer \on a women's magazine eine Autorin bei einer Frauenzeitschrift;

to work \on a farm auf einem Bauernhof arbeiten

12) after vb ( against) auf +akk;

the dog turned \on its own master der Hund ging auf seinen eigenes Herrchen los;

the gangsters pulled a gun \on him die Gangster zielten mit der Pistole auf ihn;

her eyes were fixed \on his dark profile sie fixiert mit ihren Augen sein düsteres Profil;

to force one's will \on sb jdm seinen Willen aufzwingen after n

the attack \on the village der Angriff auf das Dorf;

they placed certain restrictions \on large companies großen Unternehmen wurden bestimmte Beschränkungen auferlegt;

there is a new ban \on the drug die Droge wurde erneut verboten;

to place a limit \on the number of items die Anzahl der Positionen begrenzen;

he didn't know it but the joke was \on him er wusste nicht, dass es ein Witz über ihn war

13) ( through device of) an +dat;

he's \on the phone er ist am Telefon;

they weaved the cloth \on the loom sie webte das Tuch auf dem Webstuhl;

Chris is \on drums Chris ist am Schlagzeug;

\on the piano auf dem [o am] Klavier;

we work \on flexitime wir arbeiten Gleitzeit

14) ( through medium of) auf +dat;

which page is that curry recipe \on? auf welcher Seite ist das Curry-Rezept?;

I'd like to see that offer \on paper ich hätte dieses Angebot gerne schriftlich;

to edit sth \on the computer etw im [o auf dem] Computer bearbeiten;

to be available \on cassette auf Kassette erhältlich sein;

to come out \on video als Video herauskommen;

I saw myself \on film ich sah mich selbst im Film;

what's \on TV tonight? was kommt heute Abend im Fernsehen?;

the jazz \on radio der Jazz im Radio;

I heard the story \on the news today ich hörte die Geschichte heute in den Nachrichten

15) ( during) auf +dat;

\on the way to town auf dem Weg in die Stadt

16) ( travelling with) in +dat;

I love travelling \on buses/ trains ich reise gerne in Bussen/Zügen;

we went to France \on the ferry wir fuhren auf der Fähre nach Frankreich;

he got some sleep \on the plane er konnte im Flugzeug ein wenig schlafen;

\on foot/ horseback zu Fuß/auf dem Pferd

17) ( on day of) an +dat;

many shops don't open \on Sundays viele Läden haben an Sonntagen geschlossen;

what are you doing \on Friday? was machst du am Freitag?;

we always go bowling \on Thursdays wir gehen donnerstags immer kegeln;

my birthday's \on the 30th of May ich habe am 30. Mai Geburtstag;

I'm free \on Saturday morning ich habe am Samstagvormittag nichts vor;

I always go shopping \on Wednesday morning ich gehe jeden Mittwochvormittag einkaufen;

\on a very hot evening in July an einem sehr heißen Abend im Juli

18) ( at time of) bei +dat;

\on his mother's death beim Tod seiner Mutter;

\on your arrival/ departure bei Ihrer Ankunft/Abreise;

\on the count of three, start running! bei drei lauft ihr los!;

trains to London leave \on the hour every hour die Züge nach London fahren jeweils zur vollen Stunde;

the professor entered the room at 1:00 \on the minute der Professor betrat den Raum auf die Minute genau um 13.00 Uhr;

\on the dot [auf die Sekunde] pünktlich;

\on receiving her letter als ich ihren Brief erhielt;

\on arriving at the station bei der Ankunft im Bahnhof

19) ( engaged in) bei +dat;

we were on page 42 wir waren auf Seite 42;

he was out \on errands er machte ein paar Besorgungen;

\on business geschäftlich, beruflich;

to work \on sth an etw dat arbeiten

20) ( medicated by)

to be \on sth etw nehmen;

to be \on drugs unter Drogen stehen, Drogen nehmen;

my doctor put me \on antibiotics mein Arzt setzte mich auf Antibiotika;

to be \on medication Medikamente einnehmen

21) ( paid by) auf +dat;

they bought that TV \on credit sie kauften diesen Fernseher auf Kredit;

we bought the furniture \on time wir kauften die Möbel auf Raten;

( Brit)

she wants it done \on the National Health Service sie möchte, das der National Health Service die Kosten übernimmt ( fam);

this meal is \on me das Essen bezahle ich;

the drinks are \on me die Getränke gehen auf meine Rechnung

22) ( added to) zusätzlich zu +dat;

a few pence \on the electricity bill ein paar Pfennige mehr bei der Stromrechnung

23) ( connected to) an +dat;

dogs should be kept \on their leads Hunde sollten an der Leine geführt werden;

\on the phone (Aus, Brit) telefonisch [o am Telefon] erreichbar;

we've just moved and we're not \on the phone yet wir sind gerade umgezogen und haben noch kein Telefon

24) ( according to) auf +dat;

\on the list auf der Liste;

a point \on the agenda ein Punkt auf der Tagesordnung;

to be finished \on schedule planmäßig fertig werden;

\on the whole im Ganzen, insgesamt;

\on the whole, it was a good year alles in allem war es ein gutes Jahr

25) ( burdening) auf +dat;

it's been \on my mind ich muss immer daran denken;

she had something \on her heart sie hatte etwas auf dem Herzen;

that lie has been \on his conscience er hatte wegen dieser Lüge ein schlechtes Gewissen

26) ( sustained by) mit +dat, von +dat;

does this radio run \on batteries? läuft dieses Radio mit Batterien?;

what do mice live \on? wovon leben Mäuse?;

he lived \on berries and roots er lebte von Beeren und Wurzeln;

I've only got £50 a week to live \on ich lebe von nur 50 Pfund pro Woche;

people \on average salaries Menschen mit Durchschnittseinkommen;

they are living \on their savings sie leben von ihren Ersparnissen;

to live \on welfare von Sozialhilfe leben;

to go \on the dole stempeln gehen;

to be \on sth (Brit, Aus) etw verdienen

27) ( experiencing)

to go \on strike streiken;

to set sth \on fire etw anzünden;

crime is \on the increase again die Verbrechen nehmen wieder zu;

to be \on sth ( undertake) etw machen;

I'll be away \on a training course ich mache einen Ausbildungslehrgang;

he's out \on a date with a woman er hat gerade eine Verabredung mit einer Frau;

we're going \on vacation in two weeks wir gehen in zwei Wochen in Urlaub;

I was \on a long journey ich habe eine lange Reise gemacht;

to be \on the go ( Brit) ( fig) auf Trab sein;

did you know that she's got a new book \on the go? hast du gewusst, dass sie gerade ein neues Buch schreibt?

28) ( compared with)

I can't improve \on my final offer dieses Angebot ist mein letztes Wort;

the productivity figures are down \on last week's die Produktivitätszahlen sind dieselben wie letzte Woche;

to have nothing [or not have anything] \on sth kein Vergleich mit etw dat sein;

my new bike has nothing \on the one that was stolen mein neues Fahrrad ist bei weitem nicht so gut wie das, das mir gestohlen wurde

29) after vb ( concerning)

to frown \on sth etw missbilligen;

they settled \on a price sie einigten sich auf einen Preis;

to congratulate sb \on sth jdn zu etw dat gratulieren;

he cheated \on her twice er betrog sie zweimal after adj

she was bent \on getting the job sie war entschlossen, die Stelle zu bekommen;

don't be so hard \on him! sei nicht so streng mit ihm! after n

criticism has no effect \on him Kritik kann ihm nichts anhaben

30) after vb ( as payment for) für +akk;

I've wasted a lot of money \on this car ich habe für dieses Auto eine Menge Geld ausgegeben after n

we made a big profit \on that deal wir haben bei diesem Geschäft gut verdient;

how much interest are you paying \on the loan? wie viel Zinsen zahlst du für diesen Kredit?

31) ( responsibility of)

this is \on your shoulders das liegt in deiner Hand, die Verantwortung liegt bei dir;

the future of the company is \on your shoulders du hast die Verantwortung für die Zukunft der Firma

32) after vb ( through no fault of)

\on sb ohne jds Verschulden;

she was really worried when the phone went dead \on her sie machte sich richtig Sorgen, als das Telefon ausfiel, ohne dass sie etwas getan hatte;

the fire went out \on me das Feuer ging ohne ihr Zutun aus

33) after vb ( encountering)

to stumble \on sth über etw akk stolpern;

to chance \on sb jdn [zufällig] treffen, jdm [zufällig] begegnen

34) after n ( following)

the government suffered defeat \on defeat die Regierung erlitt eine Niederlage nach der anderen;

wave \on wave of refugees has crossed the border in Wellen überquerten die Flüchtlinge die Grenze

35) (Aus, Brit) sports ( having points of)

Clive's team is \on five points while Joan's is \on seven das Team von Clive hat fünf Punkte, das von Joan hat sieben

PHRASES:

to have blood \on one's hands Blut an den Händen haben;

\on the board in Planung;

to be \on sb's case [to do sth] (Am) jdn nerven [, damit er/sie etw tut] ( fam)

\on the fly schnell;

to be out \on a limb alleine dastehen;

\on the shelf auf der langen Bank ( fig)

we've had to put that project \on the shelf wir mussten das Projekt auf die lange Bank schieben ( fig)

\on side loyal;

to have time \on one's hands noch genug Zeit haben;

\on a whim spontan, aus einer Laune heraus;

to border \on sth an etw akk grenzen;

to be \on it ( Aus) ( fam) sich akk volllaufen lassen ( fam), sich dat die Kanne geben;

what are you \on? ( fam) bist du noch ganz dicht? ( fam) adv

inv

1) ( in contact with) auf;

make sure the top's \on properly pass auf, dass der Deckel richtig zu ist;

they sewed the man's ear back \on sie haben das Ohr des Mannes wieder angenäht;

to screw sth \on etw anschrauben;

I wish you wouldn't screw the lid \on so tightly schraube den Deckel bitte nicht immer so fest

2) ( on body) an;

put a jumper \on! zieh einen Pullover drüber!;

with nothing \on nackt;

to put clothes \on Kleider anziehen;

to have/try sth \on etw anhaben/anprobieren

3) ( indicating continuance) weiter;

to get \on with sth mit etw dat weitermachen;

to keep \on doing sth etw weitermachen;

if the phone's engaged, keep \on trying! wenn besetzt ist, probier es weiter!;

\on and \on immer weiter;

the noise just went \on and \on der Lärm hörte gar nicht mehr auf;

we talked \on and \on wir redeten pausenlos

4) ( in forward direction) vorwärts;

would you pass it \on to Paul? würdest du es an Paul weitergeben?;

time's getting \on die Zeit vergeht;

from that day \on von diesem Tag an;

they never spoke to each other from that day \on seit diesem Tag haben sie kein Wort mehr miteinander gewechselt;

later \on später;

what are you doing later \on? was hast du nachher vor?;

to move \on ( move forward) weitergehen;

( transfer to another place) umziehen;

to urge sb \on jdn anspornen;

I'd never have managed this if my friend hadn't urged me \on ich hätte das nie geschafft, wenn mein Freund mich nicht dazu gedrängt hätte

5) ( being shown)

to be \on auf dem Programm stehen;

are there any good films \on at the cinema this week? laufen in dieser Woche irgendwelche guten Filme im Kino?;

what's \on at the festival? was ist für das Festival geplant?;

there's a good film \on this afternoon heute Nachmittag kommt ein guter Film

6) ( scheduled) geplant;

is the party still \on for tomorrow? ist die Party noch für morgen geplant?;

I've got nothing \on next week ich habe nächste Woche nichts vor;

I've got a lot \on this week ich habe mir für diese Woche eine Menge vorgenommen

7) ( functioning) an;

the brakes are \on die Bremsen sind angezogen;

is the central heating \on? ist die Zentralheizung an?;

to put the kettle \on das Wasser aufsetzen;

to leave the light \on das Licht anlassen;

the \on switch der Einschalter;

to switch/turn sth \on etw einschalten;

could you switch \on the radio? könntest du das Radio anmachen?

8) ( aboard)

the horse galloped off as soon as she was \on das Pferd galoppierte davon, sobald sie darauf saß;

to get \on bus, train einsteigen; horse aufsitzen

9) ( due to perform)

you're \on! du bist dran!

10) ( on duty)

to be \on Dienst haben, im Dienst sein

11) (Am) ( performing well)

to be \on gut drauf sein ( fam)

PHRASES:

head \on frontal;

side \on (Aus, Brit) seitlich;

the bike hit our car side \on das Rad prallte von der Seite auf unser Auto;

this way \on (Aus, Brit) auf diese Weise;

it might fit better if you put it this way \on es passt vielleicht besser, wenn du es so anziehst;

to be well \on in years nicht mehr der Jüngste sein;

to be not \on (Brit, Aus) ( fam) nicht in Ordnung sein;

\on and off;

off and \on hin und wieder, ab und zu;

sideways \on (Aus, Brit) seitlich;

to be well \on spät sein;

to be \on (Am) aufpassen;

to hang \on warten;

to be \on about sth (Aus, Brit) dauernd über etw akk reden;

I never understand what she's \on about ich verstehe nicht, wovon sie es dauernd hat ( fam)

to be [or get] \on at sb jdm in den Ohren liegen;

she's still \on at me to get my hair cut sie drängt mich dauernd, mir die Haare schneiden zu lassen;

to be \on to sb ( fam) jds Absichten durchschauen;

to be \on to something ( fam) etw spitz gekriegt haben ( fam)

you're \on! einverstanden!, abgemacht! ( fam) adj

inv, attr (Am) ( good) gut;

this seems to be one of her \on days es scheint einer von ihren guten Tagen zu sein

English-German students dictionary > on

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Down with — Down Down, adv. [For older adown, AS. ad[=u]n, ad[=u]ne, prop., from or off the hill. See 3d {Down}, and cf. {Adown}, and cf. {Adown}.] 1. In the direction of gravity or toward the center of the earth; toward or in a lower place or position;… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
It is all up with him — Up Up ([u^]p), adv. [AS. up, upp, [=u]p; akin to OFries. up, op, D. op, OS. [=u]p, OHG. [=u]f, G. auf, Icel. & Sw. upp, Dan. op, Goth. iup, and probably to E. over. See {Over}.] [1913 Webster] 1. Aloft; on high; in a direction contrary to that of … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To come up with — Up Up ([u^]p), adv. [AS. up, upp, [=u]p; akin to OFries. up, op, D. op, OS. [=u]p, OHG. [=u]f, G. auf, Icel. & Sw. upp, Dan. op, Goth. iup, and probably to E. over. See {Over}.] [1913 Webster] 1. Aloft; on high; in a direction contrary to that of … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Verbs With A Vengeance — Infobox Album | Name = Verbs With A Vengeance Type = Album Artist = Verb T Released = October 15th 2007 Recorded = Genre = British hip hop Length = Label = Thomas Producer = Verb T, Chemo, DJ IQ. Reviews = Last album = Broken Window (2007) This… … Wikipedia
motion — I (New American Roget s College Thesaurus) Movement Nouns 1. motion, movement, move, mobility, movableness; approach; mobilization; restlessness, unrest; kinematics, kinetics; sprite. 2. (motion forward) progress, locomotion; journey, voyage,… … English dictionary for students
Spanish verbs — are one of the most complex areas of Spanish grammar. Spanish is a synthetic language with a moderate to high degree of inflection which shows up mostly in the verb conjugation.The Spanish verb system is separated into 14 distinct tenses (tense… … Wikipedia
Fictive Motion — is a relatively new subject in psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics. Fictive motion is motion that is not actually happening in the physical world; it is an imagined type of motion whereby we construct a visual image of a specific scene… … Wikipedia
French verbs — are a complex area of French grammar, with a conjugation scheme that allows for three finite moods (with anywhere from two to five synthetic tenses), three non finite moods, three voices, and three grammatical aspects. Conjugation French verbs… … Wikipedia
List of Latin words with English derivatives — This is a list of Latin words with derivatives in English (and other modern languages). Ancient orthography did not distinguish between i and j or between u and v. Many modern works distinguish u from v but not i from j. In this article both… … Wikipedia
To come out with — Come Come, v. i. [imp. {Came}; p. p. {Come}; p. pr & vb. n. {Coming}.] [OE. cumen, comen, AS. cuman; akin to OS.kuman, D. komen, OHG. queman, G. kommen, Icel. koma, Sw. komma, Dan. komme, Goth. giman, L. venire (gvenire), Gr. ? to go, Skr. gam.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To come up with — Come Come, v. i. [imp. {Came}; p. p. {Come}; p. pr & vb. n. {Coming}.] [OE. cumen, comen, AS. cuman; akin to OS.kuman, D. komen, OHG. queman, G. kommen, Icel. koma, Sw. komma, Dan. komme, Goth. giman, L. venire (gvenire), Gr. ? to go, Skr. gam.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(with verbs of motion)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(with verbs of motion)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: